Gericom/teak-llvm
1
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Gericom/teak-llvm.git synced 2025-06-28 07:49:01 -04:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
7509a2f5cc
teak-llvm/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp
Joel E. Denny 7509a2f5cc [AST] Print correct tag decl for tag specifier 
For example, given:

  void fn() {
    struct T *p0;
    struct T { int i; } *p1;
  }

-ast-print produced:

  void fn() {
    struct T { int i; } *p0;
    struct T { int i; } *p1;
  }

Compiling that fails with a redefinition error.

Given:

  void fn() {
    struct T *p0;
    struct __attribute__((deprecated)) T *p1;
  }

-ast-print dropped the attribute.

Details:

For a tag specifier (that is, struct/union/class/enum used as a type
specifier in a declaration) that was also a tag declaration (that is,
first occurrence of the tag) or tag redeclaration (that is, later
occurrence that specifies attributes or a member list), clang printed
the tag specifier as either (1) the full tag definition if one
existed, or (2) the first tag declaration otherwise.  Redefinition
errors were sometimes introduced, as in the first example above.  Even
when that was impossible because no member list was ever specified,
attributes were sometimes lost, thus changing semantics and
diagnostics, as in the second example above.

This patch fixes a major culprit for these problems.  It does so by
creating an ElaboratedType with a new OwnedDecl member wherever an
occurrence of a tag type is a (re)declaration of that tag type.
PrintingPolicy's IncludeTagDefinition used to trigger printing of the
member list, attributes, etc. for a tag specifier by using a tag
(re)declaration selected as described above.  Now, it triggers the
same thing except it uses the tag (re)declaration stored in the
OwnedDecl.  Of course, other tooling can now make use of the new
OwnedDecl as well.

Also, to be more faithful to the original source, this patch
suppresses printing of attributes inherited from previous
declarations.

Reviewed by: rsmith, aaron.ballman

Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D45463

llvm-svn: 332281
2018-05-14 19:36:45 +00:00

9988 lines
361 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

//===- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes --------------===//
//
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "CXXABI.h"
#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h"
#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
#include "clang/AST/RawCommentList.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
#include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h"
#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
#include "clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h"
#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
#include "clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SanitizerBlacklist.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Basic/XRayLists.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include <algorithm>
#include <cassert>
#include <cstddef>
#include <cstdint>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <map>
#include <memory>
#include <string>
#include <tuple>
#include <utility>
using namespace clang;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
enum FloatingRank {
Float16Rank, HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank, Float128Rank
};
RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
ExternalSource->ReadComments();
#ifndef NDEBUG
ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
assert(std::is_sorted(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
BeforeThanCompare<RawComment>(SourceMgr)));
#endif
CommentsLoaded = true;
}
assert(D);
// User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
if (D->isImplicit())
return nullptr;
// User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
return nullptr;
}
if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
return nullptr;
}
if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
return nullptr;
}
if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
return nullptr;
}
if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
return nullptr;
}
if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
// When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the
// decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment
if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition())
return nullptr;
}
// TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
return nullptr;
// TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
// documentation.
if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
return nullptr;
ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
// If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
if (RawComments.empty())
return nullptr;
// Find declaration location.
// For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
// declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
// location".
// For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
// so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
SourceLocation DeclLoc;
if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
else {
DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
if (DeclLoc.isMacroID()) {
if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
// If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being
// declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location as
// the "declaration location".
DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
} else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
// If location of the tag decl is inside a macro, but the spelling of
// the tag name comes from a macro argument, it looks like a special
// macro like NS_ENUM is being used to define the tag decl. In that
// case, adjust the source location to the expansion loc so that we can
// attach the comment to the tag decl.
if (SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(DeclLoc) &&
TD->isCompleteDefinition())
DeclLoc = SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(DeclLoc);
}
}
}
// If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
// can't find the comment.
if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
return nullptr;
// Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
{
// When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
// for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
// first.
RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(
SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), LangOpts.CommentOpts, false);
BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
MaybeBeforeDecl--;
Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
}
if (Found) {
Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
&CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
} else {
// Slow path.
Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
&CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
}
}
// Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
// file buffer.
std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
// First check whether we have a trailing comment.
if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
((*Comment)->isDocumentation() || LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments)
&& (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
(isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) ||
isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) {
std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
= SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
// Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
// on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
== SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
return *Comment;
}
}
// The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
// Let's look at the previous comment.
if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
return nullptr;
--Comment;
// Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
if (!((*Comment)->isDocumentation() ||
LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments) ||
(*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
return nullptr;
// Decompose the end of the comment.
std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
= SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
// If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
// aren't related.
if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
return nullptr;
// Get the corresponding buffer.
bool Invalid = false;
const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
&Invalid).data();
if (Invalid)
return nullptr;
// Extract text between the comment and declaration.
StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
// There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
// comment and declaration.
if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
return nullptr;
return *Comment;
}
/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
/// refer to the actual template.
/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
static const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
// Is this function declaration part of a function template?
if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
return FTD;
// Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
return D;
// Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
return FTD;
// Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
return MemberDecl;
return D;
}
if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
// Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
// template?
if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
return MemberDecl;
return D;
}
if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
// Is this class declaration part of a class template?
if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
return CTD;
// Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
// specialization?
if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
return D;
llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
static_cast<const Decl*>(
PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
}
// Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
return D;
}
if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
// Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
return MemberDecl;
return D;
}
// FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
return D;
}
const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
const Decl *D,
const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
// Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
{
llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
RedeclComments.find(D);
if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
if (OriginalDecl)
*OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
return Raw.getRaw();
}
}
}
// Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
const RawComment *RC = nullptr;
const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = nullptr;
for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
RedeclComments.find(I);
if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
RC = Raw.getRaw();
OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
break;
}
} else {
RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(I);
OriginalDeclForRC = I;
RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
if (RC) {
// Call order swapped to work around ICE in VS2015 RTM (Release Win32)
// https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/1741530
Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
Raw.setRaw(RC);
} else
Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Raw.setOriginalDecl(I);
RedeclComments[I] = Raw;
if (RC)
break;
}
}
// If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation() || LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments);
if (OriginalDecl)
*OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
// Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
Raw.setRaw(RC);
Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[I];
if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
R = Raw;
}
return RC;
}
static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
if (const auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
if (!ID)
return;
// Add redeclared method here.
for (const auto *Ext : ID->known_extensions()) {
if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
}
}
}
comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
const Decl *D) const {
auto *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
ThisDeclInfo->fill();
ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
if (!ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters)
ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters = FC->getDeclInfo()->TemplateParameters;
comments::FullComment *CFC =
new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
ThisDeclInfo);
return CFC;
}
comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const {
const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D);
return RC ? RC->parse(*this, nullptr, D) : nullptr;
}
comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
const Decl *D,
const Preprocessor *PP) const {
if (D->isInvalidDecl())
return nullptr;
D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
if (Canonical != D) {
comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
return CFC;
}
return Pos->second;
}
const Decl *OriginalDecl;
const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
if (!RC) {
if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
if (OMD)
addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
}
else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
// Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
// does not have one of its own.
QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
if (const auto *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
}
else if (const auto *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
while (IC->getSuperClass()) {
IC = IC->getSuperClass();
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
}
}
else if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) {
if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface())
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
}
else if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition()))
return nullptr;
// Check non-virtual bases.
for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) {
if (I.isVirtual() || (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public))
continue;
QualType Ty = I.getType();
if (Ty.isNull())
continue;
if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition()))
continue;
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
}
}
// Check virtual bases.
for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) {
if (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)
continue;
QualType Ty = I.getType();
if (Ty.isNull())
continue;
if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition()))
continue;
if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP))
return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
}
}
}
return nullptr;
}
// If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
// should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
// because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
// different across redeclarations.
if (D != OriginalDecl)
return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
return FC;
}
void
ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
PEnd = Params->end();
P != PEnd; ++P) {
if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
ID.AddInteger(0);
ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
continue;
}
if (const auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
ID.AddInteger(1);
ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
ID.AddBoolean(true);
ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
}
} else
ID.AddBoolean(false);
continue;
}
auto *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
ID.AddInteger(2);
Profile(ID, TTP);
}
}
TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
// Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
= CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (Canonical)
return Canonical->getParam();
// Build a canonical template parameter list.
TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
PEnd = Params->end();
P != PEnd; ++P) {
if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
CanonParams.push_back(
TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
TTP->getDepth(),
TTP->getIndex(), nullptr, false,
TTP->isParameterPack()));
else if (const auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
}
Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
NTTP->getDepth(),
NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr,
T,
TInfo,
ExpandedTypes,
ExpandedTInfos);
} else {
Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
NTTP->getDepth(),
NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr,
T,
NTTP->isParameterPack(),
TInfo);
}
CanonParams.push_back(Param);
} else
CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
}
assert(!TTP->getRequiresClause() &&
"Unexpected requires-clause on template template-parameter");
Expr *const CanonRequiresClause = nullptr;
TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
= TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
TTP->getPosition(),
TTP->isParameterPack(),
nullptr,
TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
CanonParams,
SourceLocation(),
CanonRequiresClause));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!Canonical && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
(void)Canonical;
// Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
return CanonTTP;
}
CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return nullptr;
switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: // Same as Itanium at this level
case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
case TargetCXXABI::iOS64:
case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS:
case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS:
case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly:
return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
}
static const LangASMap *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
const LangOptions &LOpts) {
if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
// The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
// language-specific address space.
static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
0, // Default
1, // opencl_global
3, // opencl_local
2, // opencl_constant
0, // opencl_private
4, // opencl_generic
5, // cuda_device
6, // cuda_constant
7 // cuda_shared
};
return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
} else {
return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
}
}
static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI,
const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) {
case LangOptions::ASMM_Target:
return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling();
case LangOptions::ASMM_On:
return true;
case LangOptions::ASMM_Off:
return false;
}
llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything.");
}
ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions &LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Builtin::Context &builtins)
: FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
SanitizerBL(new SanitizerBlacklist(LangOpts.SanitizerBlacklistFiles, SM)),
XRayFilter(new XRayFunctionFilter(LangOpts.XRayAlwaysInstrumentFiles,
LangOpts.XRayNeverInstrumentFiles,
LangOpts.XRayAttrListFiles, SM)),
PrintingPolicy(LOpts), Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
BuiltinInfo(builtins), DeclarationNames(*this), Comments(SM),
CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
CompCategories(this_()), LastSDM(nullptr, 0) {
TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
}
ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
ReleaseParentMapEntries();
// Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
// FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
// Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets.
for (auto &Pair : Deallocations)
(Pair.first)(Pair.second);
// ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
// because they can contain DenseMaps.
for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
// Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
if (auto *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout *>((I++)->second))
R->Destroy(*this);
for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
// Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
if (auto *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout *>((I++)->second))
R->Destroy(*this);
}
for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
A != AEnd; ++A)
A->second->~AttrVec();
for (std::pair<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue *> &MTVPair :
MaterializedTemporaryValues)
MTVPair.second->~APValue();
for (const auto &Value : ModuleInitializers)
Value.second->~PerModuleInitializers();
}
void ASTContext::ReleaseParentMapEntries() {
if (!PointerParents) return;
for (const auto &Entry : *PointerParents) {
if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) {
delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
} else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) {
delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>();
}
}
for (const auto &Entry : *OtherParents) {
if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) {
delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
} else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) {
delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>();
}
}
}
void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
Deallocations.push_back({Callback, Data});
}
void
ASTContext::setExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> Source) {
ExternalSource = std::move(Source);
}
void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
unsigned counts[] = {
#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
0 // Extra
};
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Type *T = Types[i];
counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
}
unsigned Idx = 0;
unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
if (counts[Idx]) \
llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
<< " types\n"; \
TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
++Idx;
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
// Implicit special member functions.
llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
<< NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
<< " implicit default constructors created\n";
llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
<< NumImplicitCopyConstructors
<< " implicit copy constructors created\n";
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
<< NumImplicitMoveConstructors
<< " implicit move constructors created\n";
llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
<< NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
<< " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
<< NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
<< " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
<< NumImplicitDestructors
<< " implicit destructors created\n";
if (ExternalSource) {
llvm::errs() << "\n";
ExternalSource->PrintStats();
}
BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
}
void ASTContext::mergeDefinitionIntoModule(NamedDecl *ND, Module *M,
bool NotifyListeners) {
if (NotifyListeners)
if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(ND, M);
if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
MergedDefModules[ND].push_back(M);
else
ND->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
}
void ASTContext::deduplicateMergedDefinitonsFor(NamedDecl *ND) {
auto It = MergedDefModules.find(ND);
if (It == MergedDefModules.end())
return;
auto &Merged = It->second;
llvm::DenseSet<Module*> Found;
for (Module *&M : Merged)
if (!Found.insert(M).second)
M = nullptr;
Merged.erase(std::remove(Merged.begin(), Merged.end(), nullptr), Merged.end());
}
void ASTContext::PerModuleInitializers::resolve(ASTContext &Ctx) {
if (LazyInitializers.empty())
return;
auto *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource();
assert(Source && "lazy initializers but no external source");
auto LazyInits = std::move(LazyInitializers);
LazyInitializers.clear();
for (auto ID : LazyInits)
Initializers.push_back(Source->GetExternalDecl(ID));
assert(LazyInitializers.empty() &&
"GetExternalDecl for lazy module initializer added more inits");
}
void ASTContext::addModuleInitializer(Module *M, Decl *D) {
// One special case: if we add a module initializer that imports another
// module, and that module's only initializer is an ImportDecl, simplify.
if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D)) {
auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(ID->getImportedModule());
// Maybe the ImportDecl does nothing at all. (Common case.)
if (It == ModuleInitializers.end())
return;
// Maybe the ImportDecl only imports another ImportDecl.
auto &Imported = *It->second;
if (Imported.Initializers.size() + Imported.LazyInitializers.size() == 1) {
Imported.resolve(*this);
auto *OnlyDecl = Imported.Initializers.front();
if (isa<ImportDecl>(OnlyDecl))
D = OnlyDecl;
}
}
auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M];
if (!Inits)
Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers;
Inits->Initializers.push_back(D);
}
void ASTContext::addLazyModuleInitializers(Module *M, ArrayRef<uint32_t> IDs) {
auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M];
if (!Inits)
Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers;
Inits->LazyInitializers.insert(Inits->LazyInitializers.end(),
IDs.begin(), IDs.end());
}
ArrayRef<Decl *> ASTContext::getModuleInitializers(Module *M) {
auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(M);
if (It == ModuleInitializers.end())
return None;
auto *Inits = It->second;
Inits->resolve(*this);
return Inits->Initializers;
}
ExternCContextDecl *ASTContext::getExternCContextDecl() const {
if (!ExternCContext)
ExternCContext = ExternCContextDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl());
return ExternCContext;
}
BuiltinTemplateDecl *
ASTContext::buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BuiltinTemplateKind BTK,
const IdentifierInfo *II) const {
auto *BuiltinTemplate = BuiltinTemplateDecl::Create(*this, TUDecl, II, BTK);
BuiltinTemplate->setImplicit();
TUDecl->addDecl(BuiltinTemplate);
return BuiltinTemplate;
}
BuiltinTemplateDecl *
ASTContext::getMakeIntegerSeqDecl() const {
if (!MakeIntegerSeqDecl)
MakeIntegerSeqDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__make_integer_seq,
getMakeIntegerSeqName());
return MakeIntegerSeqDecl;
}
BuiltinTemplateDecl *
ASTContext::getTypePackElementDecl() const {
if (!TypePackElementDecl)
TypePackElementDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__type_pack_element,
getTypePackElementName());
return TypePackElementDecl;
}
RecordDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitRecord(StringRef Name,
RecordDecl::TagKind TK) const {
SourceLocation Loc;
RecordDecl *NewDecl;
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
NewDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc,
Loc, &Idents.get(Name));
else
NewDecl = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc,
&Idents.get(Name));
NewDecl->setImplicit();
NewDecl->addAttr(TypeVisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), TypeVisibilityAttr::Default));
return NewDecl;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitTypedef(QualType T,
StringRef Name) const {
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
TypedefDecl *NewDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(
const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), getTranslationUnitDecl(),
SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Name), TInfo);
NewDecl->setImplicit();
return NewDecl;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
if (!Int128Decl)
Int128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(Int128Ty, "__int128_t");
return Int128Decl;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
if (!UInt128Decl)
UInt128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(UnsignedInt128Ty, "__uint128_t");
return UInt128Decl;
}
void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
auto *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
Types.push_back(Ty);
}
void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target,
const TargetInfo *AuxTarget) {
assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
"Incorrect target reinitialization");
assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
this->Target = &Target;
this->AuxTarget = AuxTarget;
ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts);
// C99 6.2.5p19.
InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
// C99 6.2.5p2.
InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
// C99 6.2.5p3.
if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
else
InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
// C99 6.2.5p4.
InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
// C99 6.2.5p6.
InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
// C99 6.2.5p10.
InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
// GNU extension, __float128 for IEEE quadruple precision
InitBuiltinType(Float128Ty, BuiltinType::Float128);
// C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661-3
InitBuiltinType(Float16Ty, BuiltinType::Float16);
// GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
// C++ 3.9.1p5
if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar)
WideCharTy = WCharTy;
else {
// C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar).
WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
}
WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
// C++20 (proposed)
InitBuiltinType(Char8Ty, BuiltinType::Char8);
if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
else // C99
Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
else // C99
Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
// Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
// completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
// DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
// help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
// expressions.
InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
// Placeholder type for functions.
InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
// Placeholder type for bound members.
InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
// Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
// "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
// Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
// Placeholder type for builtin functions.
InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
// Placeholder type for OMP array sections.
if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
InitBuiltinType(OMPArraySectionTy, BuiltinType::OMPArraySection);
// C99 6.2.5p11.
FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Float128ComplexTy = getComplexType(Float128Ty);
// Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
InitBuiltinType(SingletonId, BuiltinType::Id);
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
InitBuiltinType(OCLClkEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
InitBuiltinType(OCLQueueTy, BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
InitBuiltinType(OCLReserveIDTy, BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
}
// Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
ObjCSuperType = QualType();
// void * type
if (LangOpts.OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
auto Q = VoidTy.getQualifiers();
Q.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_generic);
VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(
getQualifiedType(VoidTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Q)));
} else {
VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
}
// nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
// half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
// Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
VaListTagDecl = nullptr;
}
DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
}
AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
if (!Result) {
void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
}
return *Result;
}
/// Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
Pos->second->~AttrVec();
DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
}
}
// FIXME: Remove ?
MemberSpecializationInfo *
ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var)
.dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>();
}
ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo
ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) {
llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos =
TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var);
if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end())
return {};
return Pos->second;
}
void
ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(
Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation));
}
void
ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst,
TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) {
assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] &&
"Already noted what the variable was instantiated from");
TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI;
}
FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
const FunctionDecl *FD){
assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
= ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
return nullptr;
return Pos->second;
}
void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
}
NamedDecl *
ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *UUD) {
auto Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
return nullptr;
return Pos->second;
}
void
ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
"pattern decl is not a using decl");
assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Inst) ||
isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Inst) ||
isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Inst)) &&
"instantiation did not produce a using decl");
assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
}
UsingShadowDecl *
ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
= InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
return nullptr;
return Pos->second;
}
void
ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
}
FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
= InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
return nullptr;
return Pos->second;
}
void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
"Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
}
ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
return overridden_methods(Method).begin();
}
ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
return overridden_methods(Method).end();
}
unsigned
ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
auto Range = overridden_methods(Method);
return Range.end() - Range.begin();
}
ASTContext::overridden_method_range
ASTContext::overridden_methods(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos =
OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
return overridden_method_range(nullptr, nullptr);
return overridden_method_range(Pos->second.begin(), Pos->second.end());
}
void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
}
void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
const NamedDecl *D,
SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
assert(D);
if (const auto *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod),
overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod));
return;
}
const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
if (!Method)
return;
SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
}
void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
if (!FirstLocalImport) {
FirstLocalImport = Import;
LastLocalImport = Import;
return;
}
LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
LastLocalImport = Import;
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Type Sizing and Analysis
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
/// scalar floating point type.
const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
const auto *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
switch (BT->getKind()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
case BuiltinType::Float16:
case BuiltinType::Half:
return Target->getHalfFormat();
case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
case BuiltinType::Float128: return Target->getFloat128Format();
}
}
CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const {
unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
Align = AlignFromAttr;
// __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
// *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
// alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
//
// It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
// ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
} else {
UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
}
}
else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
UseAlignAttrOnly =
D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
// If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
// else about the declaration and its type.
if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
// do nothing
} else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
QualType T = VD->getType();
if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
if (ForAlignof)
T = RT->getPointeeType();
else
T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
}
QualType BaseT = getBaseElementType(T);
if (T->isFunctionType())
Align = getTypeInfoImpl(T.getTypePtr()).Align;
else if (!BaseT->isIncompleteType()) {
// Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
// large-array alignment on the target.
if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) {
unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) {
if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
}
}
Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
if (BaseT.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
Align = Target->getCharWidth();
if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !ForAlignof)
Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign());
}
}
// Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
// the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
// a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
// the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
// (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
if (const auto *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent();
// We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid.
if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) {
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent);
// Start with the record's overall alignment.
unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
// Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex());
if (Offset > 0) {
// Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
// which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1);
if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign)
FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset);
}
Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign);
}
}
}
return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
}
// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
// In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
// of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
// during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
}
}
return sizeAndAlign;
}
/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits
/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays.
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context,
const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo =
Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType());
uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <=
(uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
"Overflow in array type char size evaluation");
uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size;
unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity();
if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64)
Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width),
CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
}
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T))
return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT);
TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(T);
return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Width),
toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align));
}
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
}
bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(const Type *T) const {
return getTypeInfo(T).AlignIsRequired;
}
bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(QualType T) const {
return isAlignmentRequired(T.getTypePtr());
}
unsigned ASTContext::getTypeAlignIfKnown(QualType T) const {
// An alignment on a typedef overrides anything else.
if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>())
if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment())
return Align;
// If we have an (array of) complete type, we're done.
T = getBaseElementType(T);
if (!T->isIncompleteType())
return getTypeAlign(T);
// If we had an array type, its element type might be a typedef
// type with an alignment attribute.
if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>())
if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment())
return Align;
// Otherwise, see if the declaration of the type had an attribute.
if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TagType>())
return TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment();
return 0;
}
TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
TypeInfoMap::iterator I = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
if (I != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
return I->second;
// This call can invalidate MemoizedTypeInfo[T], so we need a second lookup.
TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
MemoizedTypeInfo[T] = TI;
return TI;
}
/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
/// method does not work on incomplete types.
///
/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
/// should take a QualType, &c.
TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
uint64_t Width = 0;
unsigned Align = 8;
bool AlignIsRequired = false;
unsigned AS = 0;
switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
#define TYPE(Class, Base)
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \
case Type::Class: \
assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \
return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr());
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
case Type::FunctionNoProto:
case Type::FunctionProto:
// GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
Width = 0;
Align = 32;
break;
case Type::IncompleteArray:
case Type::VariableArray:
Width = 0;
Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
break;
case Type::ConstantArray: {
const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.Width <= (uint64_t)(-1) / Size) &&
"Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Width = EltInfo.Width * Size;
Align = EltInfo.Align;
if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64)
Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
break;
}
case Type::ExtVector:
case Type::Vector: {
const auto *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
Width = EltInfo.Width * VT->getNumElements();
Align = Width;
// If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
// This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
}
// Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
Align = TargetVectorAlign;
break;
}
case Type::Builtin:
switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
case BuiltinType::Void:
// GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
Width = 0;
Align = 8;
break;
case BuiltinType::Bool:
Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::Char_S:
case BuiltinType::Char_U:
case BuiltinType::UChar:
case BuiltinType::SChar:
case BuiltinType::Char8:
Width = Target->getCharWidth();
Align = Target->getCharAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::Char16:
Width = Target->getChar16Width();
Align = Target->getChar16Align();
break;
case BuiltinType::Char32:
Width = Target->getChar32Width();
Align = Target->getChar32Align();
break;
case BuiltinType::UShort:
case BuiltinType::Short:
Width = Target->getShortWidth();
Align = Target->getShortAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::UInt:
case BuiltinType::Int:
Width = Target->getIntWidth();
Align = Target->getIntAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::ULong:
case BuiltinType::Long:
Width = Target->getLongWidth();
Align = Target->getLongAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::Int128:
case BuiltinType::UInt128:
Width = 128;
Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
break;
case BuiltinType::Float16:
case BuiltinType::Half:
Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::Float:
Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::Double:
Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
break;
case BuiltinType::Float128:
Width = Target->getFloat128Width();
Align = Target->getFloat128Align();
break;
case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
break;
case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
break;
case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
case BuiltinType::Id:
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T)));
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
break;
}
break;
case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
break;
case Type::BlockPointer:
AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
break;
case Type::LValueReference:
case Type::RValueReference:
// alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
// the pointer route.
AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
break;
case Type::Pointer:
AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
break;
case Type::MemberPointer: {
const auto *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
CXXABI::MemberPointerInfo MPI = ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT);
Width = MPI.Width;
Align = MPI.Align;
break;
}
case Type::Complex: {
// Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
// size.
TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Width = EltInfo.Width * 2;
Align = EltInfo.Align;
break;
}
case Type::ObjCObject:
return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
case Type::Adjusted:
case Type::Decayed:
return getTypeInfo(cast<AdjustedType>(T)->getAdjustedType().getTypePtr());
case Type::ObjCInterface: {
const auto *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
break;
}
case Type::Record:
case Type::Enum: {
const auto *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Width = 8;
Align = 8;
break;
}
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) {
const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl();
TypeInfo Info =
getTypeInfo(ED->getIntegerType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
if (unsigned AttrAlign = ED->getMaxAlignment()) {
Info.Align = AttrAlign;
Info.AlignIsRequired = true;
}
return Info;
}
const auto *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
AlignIsRequired = RD->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>();
break;
}
case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
case Type::Auto:
case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: {
const auto *A = cast<DeducedType>(T);
assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() &&
"cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type");
return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
}
case Type::Paren:
return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCTypeParamType>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr());
case Type::Typedef: {
const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
// If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
// alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
// attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) {
Align = AttrAlign;
AlignIsRequired = true;
} else {
Align = Info.Align;
AlignIsRequired = Info.AlignIsRequired;
}
Width = Info.Width;
break;
}
case Type::Elaborated:
return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
case Type::Attributed:
return getTypeInfo(
cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
case Type::Atomic: {
// Start with the base type information.
TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
Width = Info.Width;
Align = Info.Align;
if (!Width) {
// An otherwise zero-sized type should still generate an
// atomic operation.
Width = Target->getCharWidth();
assert(Align);
} else if (Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
// If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
// atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
// favorable to atomic operations:
// Round the size up to a power of 2.
if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
// Set the alignment equal to the size.
Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
}
}
break;
case Type::Pipe:
Width = Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global));
Align = Target->getPointerAlign(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global));
break;
}
assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
return TypeInfo(Width, Align, AlignIsRequired);
}
unsigned ASTContext::getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const {
unsigned SimdAlign = getTargetInfo().getSimdDefaultAlign();
// Target ppc64 with QPX: simd default alignment for pointer to double is 32.
if ((getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64 ||
getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) &&
getTargetInfo().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx" &&
T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
SimdAlign = 256;
return SimdAlign;
}
/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
}
/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
}
/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first;
}
CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first;
}
/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
}
CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
}
/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
/// a data type.
unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfo(T);
unsigned ABIAlign = TI.Align;
T = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
// The preferred alignment of member pointers is that of a pointer.
if (T->isMemberPointerType())
return getPreferredTypeAlign(getPointerDiffType().getTypePtr());
if (!Target->allowsLargerPreferedTypeAlignment())
return ABIAlign;
// Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
if (const auto *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
// Don't increase the alignment if an alignment attribute was specified on a
// typedef declaration.
if (!TI.AlignIsRequired)
return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
return ABIAlign;
}
/// getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned - Return the default alignment
/// for __attribute__((aligned)) on this target, to be used if no alignment
/// value is specified.
unsigned ASTContext::getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned() const {
return getTargetInfo().getDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned();
}
/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given
/// to a global variable of the specified type.
unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const {
return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign());
}
/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that
/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type.
CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const {
return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T));
}
CharUnits ASTContext::getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::Zero();
const ASTRecordLayout *Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(RD);
while (const CXXRecordDecl *Base = Layout->getBaseSharingVBPtr()) {
Offset += Layout->getBaseClassOffset(Base);
Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(Base);
}
return Offset;
}
/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
bool leafClass,
SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
if (!leafClass) {
for (const auto *I : OI->ivars())
Ivars.push_back(I);
} else {
auto *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
Ivars.push_back(Iv);
}
}
/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
/// those inherited by it.
void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
if (const auto *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
// We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
// all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
for (auto *Proto : OI->all_referenced_protocols()) {
CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
}
// Categories of this Interface.
for (const auto *Cat : OI->visible_categories())
CollectInheritedProtocols(Cat, Protocols);
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
while (SD) {
CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
SD = SD->getSuperClass();
}
} else if (const auto *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
for (auto *Proto : OC->protocols()) {
CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
}
} else if (const auto *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
// Insert the protocol.
if (!Protocols.insert(
const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(OP->getCanonicalDecl())).second)
return;
for (auto *Proto : OP->protocols())
CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
}
}
static bool unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context,
const RecordDecl *RD) {
assert(RD->isUnion() && "Must be union type");
CharUnits UnionSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(RD->getTypeForDecl());
for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
if (!Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType()))
return false;
CharUnits FieldSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType());
if (FieldSize != UnionSize)
return false;
}
return !RD->field_empty();
}
static bool isStructEmpty(QualType Ty) {
const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
if (!RD->field_empty())
return false;
if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
return ClassDecl->isEmpty();
return true;
}
static llvm::Optional<int64_t>
structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context,
const RecordDecl *RD) {
assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Must be struct/class type");
const auto &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
int64_t CurOffsetInBits = 0;
if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
if (ClassDecl->isDynamicClass())
return llvm::None;
SmallVector<std::pair<QualType, int64_t>, 4> Bases;
for (const auto Base : ClassDecl->bases()) {
// Empty types can be inherited from, and non-empty types can potentially
// have tail padding, so just make sure there isn't an error.
if (!isStructEmpty(Base.getType())) {
llvm::Optional<int64_t> Size = structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(
Context, Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
if (!Size)
return llvm::None;
Bases.emplace_back(Base.getType(), Size.getValue());
}
}
llvm::sort(
Bases.begin(), Bases.end(), [&](const std::pair<QualType, int64_t> &L,
const std::pair<QualType, int64_t> &R) {
return Layout.getBaseClassOffset(L.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) <
Layout.getBaseClassOffset(R.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
});
for (const auto Base : Bases) {
int64_t BaseOffset = Context.toBits(
Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()));
int64_t BaseSize = Base.second;
if (BaseOffset != CurOffsetInBits)
return llvm::None;
CurOffsetInBits = BaseOffset + BaseSize;
}
}
for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
if (!Field->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
!Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType()))
return llvm::None;
int64_t FieldSizeInBits =
Context.toBits(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType()));
if (Field->isBitField()) {
int64_t BitfieldSize = Field->getBitWidthValue(Context);
if (BitfieldSize > FieldSizeInBits)
return llvm::None;
FieldSizeInBits = BitfieldSize;
}
int64_t FieldOffsetInBits = Context.getFieldOffset(Field);
if (FieldOffsetInBits != CurOffsetInBits)
return llvm::None;
CurOffsetInBits = FieldSizeInBits + FieldOffsetInBits;
}
return CurOffsetInBits;
}
bool ASTContext::hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(QualType Ty) const {
// C++17 [meta.unary.prop]:
// The predicate condition for a template specialization
// has_unique_object_representations<T> shall be
// satisfied if and only if:
// (9.1) - T is trivially copyable, and
// (9.2) - any two objects of type T with the same value have the same
// object representation, where two objects
// of array or non-union class type are considered to have the same value
// if their respective sequences of
// direct subobjects have the same values, and two objects of union type
// are considered to have the same
// value if they have the same active member and the corresponding members
// have the same value.
// The set of scalar types for which this condition holds is
// implementation-defined. [ Note: If a type has padding
// bits, the condition does not hold; otherwise, the condition holds true
// for unsigned integral types. -- end note ]
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "Null QualType sent to unique object rep check");
// Arrays are unique only if their element type is unique.
if (Ty->isArrayType())
return hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(getBaseElementType(Ty));
// (9.1) - T is trivially copyable...
if (!Ty.isTriviallyCopyableType(*this))
return false;
// All integrals and enums are unique.
if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
return true;
// All other pointers are unique.
if (Ty->isPointerType())
return true;
if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
const auto *MPT = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
return !ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT).HasPadding;
}
if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
const RecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
if (Record->isInvalidDecl())
return false;
if (Record->isUnion())
return unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record);
Optional<int64_t> StructSize =
structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record);
return StructSize &&
StructSize.getValue() == static_cast<int64_t>(getTypeSize(Ty));
}
// FIXME: More cases to handle here (list by rsmith):
// vectors (careful about, eg, vector of 3 foo)
// _Complex int and friends
// _Atomic T
// Obj-C block pointers
// Obj-C object pointers
// and perhaps OpenCL's various builtin types (pipe, sampler_t, event_t,
// clk_event_t, queue_t, reserve_id_t)
// There're also Obj-C class types and the Obj-C selector type, but I think it
// makes sense for those to return false here.
return false;
}
unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
unsigned count = 0;
// Count ivars declared in class extension.
for (const auto *Ext : OI->known_extensions())
count += Ext->ivar_size();
// Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
// includes synthesized ivars.
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
return count;
}
bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
if (!E)
return false;
// nullptr_t is always treated as null.
if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
return true;
// Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
return false;
}
/// Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl, or nullptr if none
/// exists.
ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
return nullptr;
}
/// Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or nullptr if none
/// exists.
ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
return nullptr;
}
/// Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
}
/// Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
}
const ObjCMethodDecl *
ASTContext::getObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const {
return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD);
}
void ASTContext::setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) {
assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration");
ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl;
}
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
const NamedDecl *ND) const {
if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
return ID;
if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
return CD->getClassInterface();
if (const auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
return IMD->getClassInterface();
return nullptr;
}
/// Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl, or nullptr if
/// none exists.
Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
assert(VD && "Passed null params");
assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
"getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? I->second : nullptr;
}
/// Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
"setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
}
TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
unsigned DataSize) const {
if (!DataSize)
DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
else
assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
"incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
auto *TInfo =
(TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
return TInfo;
}
TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
SourceLocation L) const {
TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
return DI;
}
const ASTRecordLayout &
ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
return getObjCLayout(D, nullptr);
}
const ASTRecordLayout &
ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Type creation/memoization methods
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
QualType
ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
quals.removeFastQualifiers();
// Check if we've already instantiated this type.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
void *insertPos = nullptr;
if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
}
// If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
QualType canon;
if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
// Re-find the insert position.
(void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
}
auto *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
}
QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T,
LangAS AddressSpace) const {
QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
return T;
// If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
// into one ExtQuals node.
QualifierCollector Quals;
const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
// If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
// another one.
assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
"Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
}
QualType ASTContext::removeAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T) const {
// If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
// into one ExtQuals node.
QualifierCollector Quals;
const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
// If the qualifier doesn't have an address space just return it.
if (!Quals.hasAddressSpace())
return T;
Quals.removeAddressSpace();
// Removal of the address space can mean there are no longer any
// non-fast qualifiers, so creating an ExtQualType isn't possible (asserts)
// or required.
if (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers())
return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
else
return QualType(TypeNode, Quals.getFastQualifiers());
}
QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
return T;
if (const auto *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
return getPointerType(ResultType);
}
}
// If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
// into one ExtQuals node.
QualifierCollector Quals;
const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
// If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
// another one.
assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
"Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
}
const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
return T;
QualType Result;
if (const auto *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getReturnType(), Info);
} else {
const auto *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
}
return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
}
void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD,
QualType ResultType) {
FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl();
while (true) {
const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl())
FD = Next;
else
break;
}
if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType);
}
/// Get a function type and produce the equivalent function type with the
/// specified exception specification. Type sugar that can be present on a
/// declaration of a function with an exception specification is permitted
/// and preserved. Other type sugar (for instance, typedefs) is not.
QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(
QualType Orig, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
// Might have some parens.
if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Orig))
return getParenType(
getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(PT->getInnerType(), ESI));
// Might have a calling-convention attribute.
if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Orig))
return getAttributedType(
AT->getAttrKind(),
getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(AT->getModifiedType(), ESI),
getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(AT->getEquivalentType(), ESI));
// Anything else must be a function type. Rebuild it with the new exception
// specification.
const auto *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Orig);
return getFunctionType(
Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(),
Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI));
}
bool ASTContext::hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(QualType T,
QualType U) {
return hasSameType(T, U) ||
(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
hasSameType(getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(T, EST_None),
getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(U, EST_None)));
}
void ASTContext::adjustExceptionSpec(
FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
bool AsWritten) {
// Update the type.
QualType Updated =
getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(FD->getType(), ESI);
FD->setType(Updated);
if (!AsWritten)
return;
// Update the type in the type source information too.
if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
// If the type and the type-as-written differ, we may need to update
// the type-as-written too.
if (TSInfo->getType() != FD->getType())
Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(TSInfo->getType(), ESI);
// FIXME: When we get proper type location information for exceptions,
// we'll also have to rebuild the TypeSourceInfo. For now, we just patch
// up the TypeSourceInfo;
assert(TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(Updated) ==
TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(TSInfo->getType()) &&
"TypeLoc size mismatch from updating exception specification");
TSInfo->overrideType(Updated);
}
}
bool ASTContext::isParamDestroyedInCallee(QualType T) const {
if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee())
return true;
if (const auto *RT = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>())
return RT->getDecl()->isParamDestroyedInCallee();
return false;
}
/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
/// number with the specified element type.
QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(CT, 0);
// If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
// so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Types.push_back(New);
ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
/// the specified type.
QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(PT, 0);
// If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
// so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Types.push_back(New);
PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedType(QualType Orig, QualType New) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
AdjustedType::Profile(ID, Orig, New);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (AT)
return QualType(AT, 0);
QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(New);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
AdjustedType(Type::Adjusted, Orig, New, Canonical);
Types.push_back(AT);
AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
return QualType(AT, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const {
assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay");
QualType Decayed;
// C99 6.7.5.3p7:
// A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
// adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
// qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
// the array type derivation.
if (T->isArrayType())
Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T);
// C99 6.7.5.3p8:
// A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
// shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
// in 6.3.2.1.
if (T->isFunctionType())
Decayed = getPointerType(T);
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
AdjustedType::Profile(ID, T, Decayed);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (AT)
return QualType(AT, 0);
QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical);
Types.push_back(AT);
AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
return QualType(AT, 0);
}
/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
/// a pointer to the specified block.
QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (BlockPointerType *PT =
BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(PT, 0);
// If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
// type either so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
BlockPointerType *NewIP =
BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Types.push_back(New);
BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
QualType
ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
"Unresolved overloaded function type");
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(RT, 0);
const auto *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
// If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
// either, so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
SpelledAsLValue);
Types.push_back(New);
LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(RT, 0);
const auto *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
// If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
// either, so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Types.push_back(New);
RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (MemberPointerType *PT =
MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(PT, 0);
// If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
// type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
MemberPointerType *NewIP =
MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Types.push_back(New);
MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
/// array of the specified element type.
QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
"Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
// Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
// the target.
llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
ArySize = ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getMaxPointerWidth());
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(ATP, 0);
// If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
// be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canon;
if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this,TypeAlignment)
ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Types.push_back(New);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
/// sizes replaced with [*].
QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
// Vastly most common case.
if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
QualType result;
SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
const Type *ty = split.Ty;
switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
#define TYPE(Class, Base)
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
// These types should never be variably-modified.
case Type::Builtin:
case Type::Complex:
case Type::Vector:
case Type::ExtVector:
case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
case Type::DependentAddressSpace:
case Type::ObjCObject:
case Type::ObjCInterface:
case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
case Type::Record:
case Type::Enum:
case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
case Type::TypeOfExpr:
case Type::TypeOf:
case Type::Decltype:
case Type::UnaryTransform:
case Type::DependentName:
case Type::InjectedClassName:
case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
case Type::Auto:
case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
case Type::PackExpansion:
llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
// These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
// further decay.
case Type::FunctionNoProto:
case Type::FunctionProto:
case Type::BlockPointer:
case Type::MemberPointer:
case Type::Pipe:
return type;
// These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
// preserve structure except as noted by comments.
// TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
// optimizations available here.
case Type::Pointer:
result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
break;
case Type::LValueReference: {
const auto *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
result = getLValueReferenceType(
getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
break;
}
case Type::RValueReference: {
const auto *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
result = getRValueReferenceType(
getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
break;
}
case Type::Atomic: {
const auto *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
break;
}
case Type::ConstantArray: {
const auto *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
result = getConstantArrayType(
getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
cat->getSize(),
cat->getSizeModifier(),
cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
break;
}
case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
const auto *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
dat->getSizeExpr(),
dat->getSizeModifier(),
dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
dat->getBracketsRange());
break;
}
// Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
case Type::IncompleteArray: {
const auto *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
result = getVariableArrayType(
getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
/*size*/ nullptr,
ArrayType::Normal,
iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
SourceRange());
break;
}
// Turn VLA types into [*] types.
case Type::VariableArray: {
const auto *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
result = getVariableArrayType(
getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
/*size*/ nullptr,
ArrayType::Star,
vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
vat->getBracketsRange());
break;
}
}
// Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
}
/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
/// variable array of the specified element type.
QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Expr *NumElts,
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
SourceRange Brackets) const {
// Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
// that have an expression provided for their size.
QualType Canon;
// Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
Types.push_back(New);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
/// type.
QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
Expr *numElements,
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
unsigned elementTypeQuals,
SourceRange brackets) const {
assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
"Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
// Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
// of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
// initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
// because they can't be used in most locations.
if (!numElements) {
auto *newType
= new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
brackets);
Types.push_back(newType);
return QualType(newType, 0);
}
// Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
// also build a canonical type.
SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
void *insertPos = nullptr;
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
// Look for an existing type with these properties.
DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
// If we don't have one, build one.
if (!canonTy) {
canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
brackets);
DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
Types.push_back(canonTy);
}
// Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
canonElementType.Quals);
// If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type or the size
// expression, then just use that as our result.
if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType &&
canonTy->getSizeExpr() == numElements)
return canon;
// Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
// of the element type.
auto *sugaredType
= new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
Types.push_back(sugaredType);
return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
void *insertPos = nullptr;
if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
return QualType(iat, 0);
// If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
// either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
// qualifiers off the element type.
QualType canon;
if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
ASM, elementTypeQuals);
canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
IncompleteArrayType *existing =
IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
}
auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
Types.push_back(newType);
return QualType(newType, 0);
}
/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
// Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(VTP, 0);
// If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
// so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Types.push_back(New);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
QualType
ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
// Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
VectorType::GenericVector);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(VTP, 0);
// If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
// so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Types.push_back(New);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
QualType
ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Expr *SizeExpr,
SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
SizeExpr);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
= DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
if (Canon) {
// We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
// the canonical type for a newly-built type.
New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
} else {
QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
AttrLoc);
DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
= DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
(void)CanonCheck;
DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
} else {
QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
SourceLocation());
New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
}
}
Types.push_back(New);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getDependentAddressSpaceType(QualType PointeeType,
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
assert(AddrSpaceExpr->isInstantiationDependent());
QualType canonPointeeType = getCanonicalType(PointeeType);
void *insertPos = nullptr;
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentAddressSpaceType::Profile(ID, *this, canonPointeeType,
AddrSpaceExpr);
DependentAddressSpaceType *canonTy =
DependentAddressSpaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
if (!canonTy) {
canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, canonPointeeType,
QualType(), AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc);
DependentAddressSpaceTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
Types.push_back(canonTy);
}
if (canonPointeeType == PointeeType &&
canonTy->getAddrSpaceExpr() == AddrSpaceExpr)
return QualType(canonTy, 0);
auto *sugaredType
= new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, PointeeType, QualType(canonTy, 0),
AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc);
Types.push_back(sugaredType);
return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
}
/// Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
return T.isCanonical() &&
(T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
}
/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
QualType
ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
// Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(FT, 0);
QualType Canonical;
if (!isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy)) {
Canonical =
getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy), Info);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Types.push_back(New);
FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
CanQualType
ASTContext::getCanonicalFunctionResultType(QualType ResultType) const {
CanQualType CanResultType = getCanonicalType(ResultType);
// Canonical result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
if (CanResultType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
Qualifiers Qs = CanResultType.getQualifiers();
Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
getQualifiedType(CanResultType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
}
return CanResultType;
}
static bool isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(
const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool NoexceptInType) {
if (ESI.Type == EST_None)
return true;
if (!NoexceptInType)
return false;
// C++17 onwards: exception specification is part of the type, as a simple
// boolean "can this function type throw".
if (ESI.Type == EST_BasicNoexcept)
return true;
// A noexcept(expr) specification is (possibly) canonical if expr is
// value-dependent.
if (ESI.Type == EST_DependentNoexcept)
return true;
// A dynamic exception specification is canonical if it only contains pack
// expansions (so we can't tell whether it's non-throwing) and all its
// contained types are canonical.
if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
bool AnyPackExpansions = false;
for (QualType ET : ESI.Exceptions) {
if (!ET.isCanonical())
return false;
if (ET->getAs<PackExpansionType>())
AnyPackExpansions = true;
}
return AnyPackExpansions;
}
return false;
}
QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeInternal(
QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray,
const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI, bool OnlyWantCanonical) const {
size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size();
// Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI,
*this, true);
QualType Canonical;
bool Unique = false;
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (FunctionProtoType *FPT =
FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
QualType Existing = QualType(FPT, 0);
// If we find a pre-existing equivalent FunctionProtoType, we can just reuse
// it so long as our exception specification doesn't contain a dependent
// noexcept expression, or we're just looking for a canonical type.
// Otherwise, we're going to need to create a type
// sugar node to hold the concrete expression.
if (OnlyWantCanonical || !isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) ||
EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr == FPT->getNoexceptExpr())
return Existing;
// We need a new type sugar node for this one, to hold the new noexcept
// expression. We do no canonicalization here, but that's OK since we don't
// expect to see the same noexcept expression much more than once.
Canonical = getCanonicalType(Existing);
Unique = true;
}
bool NoexceptInType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
bool IsCanonicalExceptionSpec =
isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(EPI.ExceptionSpec, NoexceptInType);
// Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
bool isCanonical = !Unique && IsCanonicalExceptionSpec &&
isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
isCanonical = false;
if (OnlyWantCanonical)
assert(isCanonical &&
"given non-canonical parameters constructing canonical type");
// If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it if we don't
// already have it. The exception spec is only partially part of the
// canonical type, and only in C++17 onwards.
if (!isCanonical && Canonical.isNull()) {
SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
if (IsCanonicalExceptionSpec) {
// Exception spec is already OK.
} else if (NoexceptInType) {
switch (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) {
case EST_Unparsed: case EST_Unevaluated: case EST_Uninstantiated:
// We don't know yet. It shouldn't matter what we pick here; no-one
// should ever look at this.
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
case EST_None: case EST_MSAny: case EST_NoexceptFalse:
CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None;
break;
// A dynamic exception specification is almost always "not noexcept",
// with the exception that a pack expansion might expand to no types.
case EST_Dynamic: {
bool AnyPacks = false;
for (QualType ET : EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions) {
if (ET->getAs<PackExpansionType>())
AnyPacks = true;
ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(getCanonicalType(ET));
}
if (!AnyPacks)
CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None;
else {
CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
}
break;
}
case EST_DynamicNone: case EST_BasicNoexcept: case EST_NoexceptTrue:
CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept;
break;
case EST_DependentNoexcept:
llvm_unreachable("dependent noexcept is already canonical");
}
} else {
CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
}
// Adjust the canonical function result type.
CanQualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy);
Canonical =
getFunctionTypeInternal(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI, true);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
// FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
// them for three variable size arrays at the end:
// - parameter types
// - exception types
// - extended parameter information
// Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
// expression, or information used to resolve the exception
// specification.
size_t Size =
sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) +
FunctionProtoType::getExceptionSpecSize(
EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type, EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions.size());
// Put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.
if (EPI.ExtParameterInfos) {
Size += NumArgs * sizeof(FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo);
}
auto *FTP = (FunctionProtoType *) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI);
Types.push_back(FTP);
if (!Unique)
FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
return QualType(FTP, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getPipeType(QualType T, bool ReadOnly) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
PipeType::Profile(ID, T, ReadOnly);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (PipeType *PT = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(PT, 0);
// If the pipe element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
// either, so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getPipeType(getCanonicalType(T), ReadOnly);
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
PipeType *NewIP = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
(void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PipeType(T, Canonical, ReadOnly);
Types.push_back(New);
PipeTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::adjustStringLiteralBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
// OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
return LangOpts.OpenCL ? getAddrSpaceQualType(Ty, LangAS::opencl_constant)
: Ty;
}
QualType ASTContext::getReadPipeType(QualType T) const {
return getPipeType(T, true);
}
QualType ASTContext::getWritePipeType(QualType T) const {
return getPipeType(T, false);
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
return true;
if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
!isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
return true;
return false;
}
#endif
/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
QualType TST) const {
assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
} else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
} else {
Type *newType =
new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
Types.push_back(newType);
}
return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
}
/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
/// specified type declaration.
QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
if (const auto *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
return getTypedefType(Typedef);
assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
"Template type parameter types are always available.");
if (const auto *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration");
assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
return getRecordType(Record);
} else if (const auto *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration");
return getEnumType(Enum);
} else if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
Types.push_back(newType);
} else
llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
}
/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
/// specified typedef name decl.
QualType
ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
QualType Canonical) const {
if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
if (Canonical.isNull())
Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
Types.push_back(newType);
return QualType(newType, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
Types.push_back(newType);
return QualType(newType, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
Types.push_back(newType);
return QualType(newType, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
QualType modifiedType,
QualType equivalentType) {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
void *insertPos = nullptr;
AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
Types.push_back(type);
AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
return QualType(type, 0);
}
/// Retrieve a substitution-result type.
QualType
ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
QualType Replacement) const {
assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
&& "replacement types must always be canonical");
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
= SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (!SubstParm) {
SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
Types.push_back(SubstParm);
SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
}
return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
}
/// Retrieve a
QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
for (const auto &P : ArgPack.pack_elements()) {
assert(P.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
assert(P.getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
}
#endif
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
= SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
QualType Canon;
if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
ArgPack);
SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
}
auto *SubstParm
= new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
ArgPack);
Types.push_back(SubstParm);
SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
}
/// Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
/// name.
QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
bool ParameterPack,
TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
= TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (TypeParm)
return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
if (TTPDecl) {
QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
= TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
(void)TypeCheck;
} else
TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Types.push_back(TypeParm);
TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
}
TypeSourceInfo *
ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
SourceLocation NameLoc,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
QualType Underlying) const {
assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
"No dependent template names here!");
QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
return DI;
}
QualType
ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
QualType Underlying) const {
assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
"No dependent template names here!");
SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
ArgVec.reserve(Args.size());
for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg : Args.arguments())
ArgVec.push_back(Arg.getArgument());
return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec, Underlying);
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) {
for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args)
if (Arg.isPackExpansion())
return true;
return true;
}
#endif
QualType
ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
QualType Underlying) const {
assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
"No dependent template names here!");
// Look through qualified template names.
if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
bool IsTypeAlias =
Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
QualType CanonType;
if (!Underlying.isNull())
CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
else {
// We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
// a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args)) &&
"Caller must compute aliased type");
IsTypeAlias = false;
CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args);
}
// Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
// try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
// we don't unique and don't want to lose.
void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
sizeof(TemplateArgument) * Args.size() +
(IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
TypeAlignment);
auto *Spec
= new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, CanonType,
IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Types.push_back(Spec);
return QualType(Spec, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(
TemplateName Template, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) const {
assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
"No dependent template names here!");
// Look through qualified template names.
if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
// Build the canonical template specialization type.
TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args)
CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Arg));
// Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
// exists.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
CanonArgs, *this);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
= TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (!Spec) {
// Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
TypeAlignment);
Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
CanonArgs,
QualType(), QualType());
Types.push_back(Spec);
TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
}
assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
"Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
return QualType(Spec, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
QualType NamedType,
TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType, OwnedTagDecl);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (T)
return QualType(T, 0);
QualType Canon = NamedType;
if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
(void)CheckT;
}
T = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon, OwnedTagDecl);
Types.push_back(T);
ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
QualType
ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (T)
return QualType(T, 0);
QualType Canon = InnerType;
if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
(void)CheckT;
}
T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
Types.push_back(T);
ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
const IdentifierInfo *Name,
QualType Canon) const {
if (Canon.isNull()) {
NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
if (CanonNNS != NNS)
Canon = getDependentNameType(Keyword, CanonNNS, Name);
}
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentNameType *T
= DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (T)
return QualType(T, 0);
T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Types.push_back(T);
DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
QualType
ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
const IdentifierInfo *Name,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
// TODO: avoid this copy
SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, ArgCopy);
}
QualType
ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
const IdentifierInfo *Name,
ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) const {
assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
"nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
Name, Args);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
= DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (T)
return QualType(T, 0);
NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
}
QualType Canon;
if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
Name,
CanonArgs);
// Find the insert position again.
DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
}
void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
TypeAlignment);
T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
Name, Args, Canon);
Types.push_back(T);
DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
TemplateArgument ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArg(NamedDecl *Param) {
TemplateArgument Arg;
if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) {
QualType ArgType = getTypeDeclType(TTP);
if (TTP->isParameterPack())
ArgType = getPackExpansionType(ArgType, None);
Arg = TemplateArgument(ArgType);
} else if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
Expr *E = new (*this) DeclRefExpr(
NTTP, /*enclosing*/false,
NTTP->getType().getNonLValueExprType(*this),
Expr::getValueKindForType(NTTP->getType()), NTTP->getLocation());
if (NTTP->isParameterPack())
E = new (*this) PackExpansionExpr(DependentTy, E, NTTP->getLocation(),
None);
Arg = TemplateArgument(E);
} else {
auto *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param);
if (TTP->isParameterPack())
Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP), Optional<unsigned>());
else
Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP));
}
if (Param->isTemplateParameterPack())
Arg = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(*this, Arg);
return Arg;
}
void
ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArgs(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Args) {
Args.reserve(Args.size() + Params->size());
for (NamedDecl *Param : *Params)
Args.push_back(getInjectedTemplateArg(Param));
}
QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
"Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
PackExpansionType *T
= PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (T)
return QualType(T, 0);
QualType Canon;
if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
// The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
// contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
// parameters.
if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
Canon = getPackExpansionType(Canon, NumExpansions);
// Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
// PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
}
}
T = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Types.push_back(T);
PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
/// alphabetically.
static int CmpProtocolNames(ObjCProtocolDecl *const *LHS,
ObjCProtocolDecl *const *RHS) {
return DeclarationName::compare((*LHS)->getDeclName(), (*RHS)->getDeclName());
}
static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols) {
if (Protocols.empty()) return true;
if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
return false;
for (unsigned i = 1; i != Protocols.size(); ++i)
if (CmpProtocolNames(&Protocols[i - 1], &Protocols[i]) >= 0 ||
Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
return false;
return true;
}
static void
SortAndUniqueProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &Protocols) {
// Sort protocols, keyed by name.
llvm::array_pod_sort(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end(), CmpProtocolNames);
// Canonicalize.
for (ObjCProtocolDecl *&P : Protocols)
P = P->getCanonicalDecl();
// Remove duplicates.
auto ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end());
Protocols.erase(ProtocolsEnd, Protocols.end());
}
QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
unsigned NumProtocols) const {
return getObjCObjectType(BaseType, {},
llvm::makeArrayRef(Protocols, NumProtocols),
/*isKindOf=*/false);
}
QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(
QualType baseType,
ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
bool isKindOf) const {
// If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols or
// type arguments to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
if (typeArgs.empty() && protocols.empty() && !isKindOf &&
isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(baseType))
return baseType;
// Look in the folding set for an existing type.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(QT, 0);
// Determine the type arguments to be used for canonicalization,
// which may be explicitly specified here or written on the base
// type.
ArrayRef<QualType> effectiveTypeArgs = typeArgs;
if (effectiveTypeArgs.empty()) {
if (const auto *baseObject = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
effectiveTypeArgs = baseObject->getTypeArgs();
}
// Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and a
// sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols and the type arguments
// canonicalized.
QualType canonical;
bool typeArgsAreCanonical = std::all_of(effectiveTypeArgs.begin(),
effectiveTypeArgs.end(),
[&](QualType type) {
return type.isCanonical();
});
bool protocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(protocols);
if (!typeArgsAreCanonical || !protocolsSorted || !baseType.isCanonical()) {
// Determine the canonical type arguments.
ArrayRef<QualType> canonTypeArgs;
SmallVector<QualType, 4> canonTypeArgsVec;
if (!typeArgsAreCanonical) {
canonTypeArgsVec.reserve(effectiveTypeArgs.size());
for (auto typeArg : effectiveTypeArgs)
canonTypeArgsVec.push_back(getCanonicalType(typeArg));
canonTypeArgs = canonTypeArgsVec;
} else {
canonTypeArgs = effectiveTypeArgs;
}
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> canonProtocols;
SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> canonProtocolsVec;
if (!protocolsSorted) {
canonProtocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end());
SortAndUniqueProtocols(canonProtocolsVec);
canonProtocols = canonProtocolsVec;
} else {
canonProtocols = protocols;
}
canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(baseType), canonTypeArgs,
canonProtocols, isKindOf);
// Regenerate InsertPos.
ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
}
unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
size += typeArgs.size() * sizeof(QualType);
size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment);
auto *T =
new (mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(canonical, baseType, typeArgs, protocols,
isKindOf);
Types.push_back(T);
ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
/// Apply Objective-C protocol qualifiers to the given type.
/// If this is for the canonical type of a type parameter, we can apply
/// protocol qualifiers on the ObjCObjectPointerType.
QualType
ASTContext::applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(QualType type,
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, bool &hasError,
bool allowOnPointerType) const {
hasError = false;
if (const auto *objT = dyn_cast<ObjCTypeParamType>(type.getTypePtr())) {
return getObjCTypeParamType(objT->getDecl(), protocols);
}
// Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectPointerType.
if (allowOnPointerType) {
if (const auto *objPtr =
dyn_cast<ObjCObjectPointerType>(type.getTypePtr())) {
const ObjCObjectType *objT = objPtr->getObjectType();
// Merge protocol lists and construct ObjCObjectType.
SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> protocolsVec;
protocolsVec.append(objT->qual_begin(),
objT->qual_end());
protocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end());
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols = protocolsVec;
type = getObjCObjectType(
objT->getBaseType(),
objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(),
protocols,
objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten());
return getObjCObjectPointerType(type);
}
}
// Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectType.
if (const auto *objT = dyn_cast<ObjCObjectType>(type.getTypePtr())){
// FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already
// known to conform.
return getObjCObjectType(objT->getBaseType(),
objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(),
protocols,
objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten());
}
// If the canonical type is ObjCObjectType, ...
if (type->isObjCObjectType()) {
// Silently overwrite any existing protocol qualifiers.
// TODO: determine whether that's the right thing to do.
// FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already
// known to conform.
return getObjCObjectType(type, {}, protocols, false);
}
// id<protocol-list>
if (type->isObjCIdType()) {
const auto *objPtr = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, protocols,
objPtr->isKindOfType());
return getObjCObjectPointerType(type);
}
// Class<protocol-list>
if (type->isObjCClassType()) {
const auto *objPtr = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, protocols,
objPtr->isKindOfType());
return getObjCObjectPointerType(type);
}
hasError = true;
return type;
}
QualType
ASTContext::getObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
QualType Canonical) const {
// Look in the folding set for an existing type.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ObjCTypeParamType::Profile(ID, Decl, protocols);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (ObjCTypeParamType *TypeParam =
ObjCTypeParamTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(TypeParam, 0);
if (Canonical.isNull()) {
// We canonicalize to the underlying type.
Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
if (!protocols.empty()) {
// Apply the protocol qualifers.
bool hasError;
Canonical = applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Canonical, protocols, hasError,
true/*allowOnPointerType*/);
assert(!hasError && "Error when apply protocol qualifier to bound type");
}
}
unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCTypeParamType);
size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment);
auto *newType = new (mem) ObjCTypeParamType(Decl, Canonical, protocols);
Types.push_back(newType);
ObjCTypeParamTypes.InsertNode(newType, InsertPos);
return QualType(newType, 0);
}
/// ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols - Checks that protocols in IC's
/// protocol list adopt all protocols in QT's qualified-id protocol
/// list.
bool ASTContext::ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(QualType QT,
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC) {
if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return false;
if (const auto *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
// If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
if (!IC->ClassImplementsProtocol(Proto, false))
return false;
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols - Checks that protocols in
/// QT's qualified-id protocol list adopt all protocols in IDecl's list
/// of protocols.
bool ASTContext::QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(QualType QT,
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) {
if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return false;
const auto *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (!OPT)
return false;
if (!IDecl->hasDefinition())
return false;
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocols;
CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, InheritedProtocols);
if (InheritedProtocols.empty())
return false;
// Check that if every protocol in list of id<plist> conforms to a protocol
// of IDecl's, then bridge casting is ok.
bool Conforms = false;
for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
Conforms = false;
for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) {
if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(Proto, PI)) {
Conforms = true;
break;
}
}
if (!Conforms)
break;
}
if (Conforms)
return true;
for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) {
// If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
bool Adopts = false;
for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
// return 'true' if 'PI' is in the inheritance hierarchy of Proto
if ((Adopts = ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(PI, Proto)))
break;
}
if (!Adopts)
return false;
}
return true;
}
/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
/// the given object type.
QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(QT, 0);
// Find the canonical object type.
QualType Canonical;
if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
// Regenerate InsertPos.
ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
}
// No match.
void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
auto *QType =
new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Types.push_back(QType);
ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
return QualType(QType, 0);
}
/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
if (PrevDecl) {
assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
}
// Prefer the definition, if there is one.
if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
Decl = Def;
void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
auto *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
Types.push_back(T);
return QualType(T, 0);
}
/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
TypeOfExprType *toe;
if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
= DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (Canon) {
// We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
// typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
} else {
// Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
Canon
= new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
toe = Canon;
}
} else {
QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
}
Types.push_back(toe);
return QualType(toe, 0);
}
/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
/// TypeOfType nodes. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
/// an issue. This doesn't affect the type checker, since it operates
/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
auto *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Types.push_back(tot);
return QualType(tot, 0);
}
/// Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique DecltypeType
/// nodes. This would never be helpful, since each such type has its own
/// expression, and would not give a significant memory saving, since there
/// is an Expr tree under each such type.
QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
DecltypeType *dt;
// C++11 [temp.type]p2:
// If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
// unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
// type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentDecltypeType *Canon
= DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (!Canon) {
// Build a new, canonical decltype(expr) type.
Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
}
dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, QualType((DecltypeType *)Canon, 0));
} else {
dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
}
Types.push_back(dt);
return QualType(dt, 0);
}
/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
QualType UnderlyingType,
UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
const {
UnaryTransformType *ut = nullptr;
if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
// Look in the folding set for an existing type.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentUnaryTransformType::Profile(ID, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentUnaryTransformType *Canon
= DependentUnaryTransformTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (!Canon) {
// Build a new, canonical __underlying_type(type) type.
Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DependentUnaryTransformType(*this, getCanonicalType(BaseType),
Kind);
DependentUnaryTransformTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
}
ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType,
QualType(), Kind,
QualType(Canon, 0));
} else {
QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType,
UnderlyingType, Kind,
CanonType);
}
Types.push_back(ut);
return QualType(ut, 0);
}
/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been
/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the
/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type.
QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
bool IsDependent) const {
if (DeducedType.isNull() && Keyword == AutoTypeKeyword::Auto && !IsDependent)
return getAutoDeductType();
// Look in the folding set for an existing type.
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent);
if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(AT, 0);
auto *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
AutoType(DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent);
Types.push_back(AT);
if (InsertPos)
AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
return QualType(AT, 0);
}
/// Return the uniqued reference to the deduced template specialization type
/// which has been deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced
/// such type, or the canonical deduced-but-dependent such type.
QualType ASTContext::getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(
TemplateName Template, QualType DeducedType, bool IsDependent) const {
// Look in the folding set for an existing type.
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DeducedTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, Template, DeducedType,
IsDependent);
if (DeducedTemplateSpecializationType *DTST =
DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(DTST, 0);
auto *DTST = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(Template, DeducedType, IsDependent);
Types.push_back(DTST);
if (InsertPos)
DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(DTST, InsertPos);
return QualType(DTST, 0);
}
/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
/// the given value type.
QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
// Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
// structure.
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
return QualType(AT, 0);
// If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
// either, so fill in the canonical type field.
QualType Canonical;
if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
// Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
}
auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
Types.push_back(New);
AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
return QualType(New, 0);
}
/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
AutoDeductTy = QualType(
new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::Auto,
/*dependent*/false),
0);
return AutoDeductTy;
}
/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
return AutoRRefDeductTy;
}
/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
assert(Decl);
// FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
// away const? mutable?
return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
}
/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
}
/// Return the unique signed counterpart of the integer type
/// corresponding to size_t.
CanQualType ASTContext::getSignedSizeType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getSignedSizeType());
}
/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
}
/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
}
/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
// FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
return WCharTy;
}
/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
// FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
return UnsignedIntTy;
}
QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
}
QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
}
/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
}
/// Return the unique unsigned counterpart of "ptrdiff_t"
/// integer type. The standard (C11 7.21.6.1p7) refers to this type
/// in the definition of %tu format specifier.
QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedPointerDiffType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getUnsignedPtrDiffType(0));
}
/// Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Type Operators
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
// Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
// qualifiers.
T = getCanonicalType(T);
T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
QualType Result;
if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
} else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
} else {
Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
}
return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
}
QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
Qualifiers &quals) {
SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
// FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
// the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
// We then have to strip that sugar back off with
// getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
const auto *AT =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
// If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
if (!AT) {
quals = splitType.Quals;
return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
}
// Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
// If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
// can just use the results in splitType.
if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
quals = splitType.Quals;
return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
}
// Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
// build the type back up.
quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
}
if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
}
if (const auto *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
VAT->getSizeExpr(),
VAT->getSizeModifier(),
VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
VAT->getBracketsRange());
}
const auto *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
SourceRange());
}
/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
const auto *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>();
const auto *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
return true;
}
const auto *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
const auto *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
return true;
}
if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
const auto *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const auto *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
return true;
}
}
// FIXME: Block pointers, too?
return false;
}
DeclarationNameInfo
ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
switch (Name.getKind()) {
case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
case TemplateName::Template:
// DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
NameLoc);
case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
// DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
}
case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
DeclarationName DName;
if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
} else {
DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
// DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
}
}
case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
= Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
NameLoc);
}
case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
= Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
NameLoc);
}
}
llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
}
TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
switch (Name.getKind()) {
case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
case TemplateName::Template: {
TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
if (auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
// The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
}
case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
}
case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
= Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
}
case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
= Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
= getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
TemplateArgument canonArgPack
= getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
}
}
llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
}
bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
}
TemplateArgument
ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
switch (Arg.getKind()) {
case TemplateArgument::Null:
return Arg;
case TemplateArgument::Expression:
return Arg;
case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.getParamTypeForDecl());
}
case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
/*isNullPtr*/true);
case TemplateArgument::Template:
return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
case TemplateArgument::Integral:
return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
case TemplateArgument::Type:
return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
return Arg;
auto *CanonArgs = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
unsigned Idx = 0;
for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
return TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()));
}
}
// Silence GCC warning
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
}
NestedNameSpecifier *
ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
if (!NNS)
return nullptr;
switch (NNS->getKind()) {
case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
// Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
NNS->getAsIdentifier());
case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
// A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
// this namespace and no prefix.
return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr,
NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
// A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
// this namespace and no prefix.
return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr,
NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
->getOriginalNamespace());
case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
// If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
// break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
// as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
// a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
// types, e.g.,
// typedef typename T::type T1;
// typedef typename T1::type T2;
if (const auto *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
// Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
// FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
// first place?
return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, false,
const_cast<Type *>(T.getTypePtr()));
}
case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
// The global specifier and __super specifer are canonical and unique.
return NNS;
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
}
const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
// Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
// Handle the common positive case fast.
if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
return AT;
}
// Handle the common negative case fast.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
return nullptr;
// Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
// implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
// any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
// If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
// sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
// we must propagate them down into the element type.
SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
// If we have a simple case, just return now.
const auto *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
if (!ATy || qs.empty())
return ATy;
// Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
// qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
CAT->getSizeModifier(),
CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
IAT->getSizeModifier(),
IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
if (const auto *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
return cast<ArrayType>(
getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
const auto *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
VAT->getSizeExpr(),
VAT->getSizeModifier(),
VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
VAT->getBracketsRange()));
}
QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType())
return getDecayedType(T);
return T;
}
QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
return T.getUnqualifiedType();
}
QualType ASTContext::getExceptionObjectType(QualType T) const {
// C++ [except.throw]p3:
// A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
// object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
// cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
// the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
// or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType())
T = getDecayedType(T);
return T.getUnqualifiedType();
}
/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
///
/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
// Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
// typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
// of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
// (C99 6.7.3p8).
const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
// int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
QualType Result = getQualifiedType(PtrTy,
PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
// int x[_Nullable] -> int * _Nullable
if (auto Nullability = Ty->getNullability(*this)) {
Result = const_cast<ASTContext *>(this)->getAttributedType(
AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), Result, Result);
}
return Result;
}
QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
}
QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
Qualifiers qs;
while (true) {
SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
if (!array) break;
type = array->getElementType();
qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
}
return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
}
/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
uint64_t
ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
do {
ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
} while (CA);
return ElementCount;
}
/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
if (const auto *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
case BuiltinType::Float16: return Float16Rank;
case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
case BuiltinType::Float128: return Float128Rank;
}
}
/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
QualType Domain) const {
FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
switch (EltRank) {
case Float16Rank:
case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
case Float128Rank: return Float128ComplexTy;
}
}
assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
switch (EltRank) {
case Float16Rank: return HalfTy;
case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
case Float128Rank: return Float128Ty;
}
llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
}
/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
if (LHSR == RHSR)
return 0;
if (LHSR > RHSR)
return 1;
return -1;
}
/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
/// or if it is not canonicalized.
unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
case BuiltinType::Bool:
return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
case BuiltinType::Char_S:
case BuiltinType::Char_U:
case BuiltinType::SChar:
case BuiltinType::UChar:
return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
case BuiltinType::Short:
case BuiltinType::UShort:
return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
case BuiltinType::Int:
case BuiltinType::UInt:
return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
case BuiltinType::Long:
case BuiltinType::ULong:
return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
case BuiltinType::LongLong:
case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
case BuiltinType::Int128:
case BuiltinType::UInt128:
return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
}
}
/// Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
///
/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
/// promotion occurs.
QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
return {};
// FIXME: We should not do this unless E->refersToBitField() is true. This
// matters in C where getSourceBitField() will find bit-fields for various
// cases where the source expression is not a bit-field designator.
FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields?
if (!Field)
return {};
QualType FT = Field->getType();
uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
// C++ [conv.prom]p5:
// A prvalue for an integral bit-field can be converted to a prvalue of type
// int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it
// can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the
// values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral
// promotion applies to it.
// C11 6.3.1.1/2:
// [For a bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int:]
// If an int can represent all values of the original type (as restricted by
// the width, for a bit-field), the value is converted to an int; otherwise,
// it is converted to an unsigned int.
//
// FIXME: C does not permit promotion of a 'long : 3' bitfield to int.
// We perform that promotion here to match GCC and C++.
if (BitWidth < IntSize)
return IntTy;
if (BitWidth == IntSize)
return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
// Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
// like the base type. GCC has some weird bugs in this area that we
// deliberately do not follow (GCC follows a pre-standard resolution to
// C's DR315 which treats bit-width as being part of the type, and this leaks
// into their semantics in some cases).
return {};
}
/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
/// integer type.
QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
assert(!Promotable.isNull());
assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
if (const auto *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
if (const auto *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
// C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
// (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
// types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
// int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
// unsigned long long int [...]
// FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char8 ||
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
if (FromSize < ToSize ||
(FromSize == ToSize &&
FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
return PromoteTypes[Idx];
}
llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
}
}
// At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
return IntTy;
uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
}
/// Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
/// type and returns its ownership.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
while (!T.isNull()) {
if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
return T.getObjCLifetime();
if (T->isArrayType())
T = getBaseElementType(T);
else if (const auto *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
T = PT->getPointeeType();
else if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
T = RT->getPointeeType();
else
break;
}
return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
}
static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) {
// Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
// FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped())
return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
return nullptr;
}
/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
// Unwrap enums to their underlying type.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(LHSC))
LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET);
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(RHSC))
RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET);
if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
}
// Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
if (LHSUnsigned) {
// If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
return 1;
// If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
// wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
// powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
return -1;
}
// If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
return -1;
// If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
// wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
// powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
return 1;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringDecl() const {
if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
assert(!CFConstantStringTagDecl &&
"tag and typedef should be initialized together");
CFConstantStringTagDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__NSConstantString_tag");
CFConstantStringTagDecl->startDefinition();
QualType FieldTypes[4];
const char *FieldNames[4];
// const int *isa;
FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
FieldNames[0] = "isa";
// int flags;
FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
FieldNames[1] = "flags";
// const char *str;
FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
FieldNames[2] = "str";
// long length;
FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
FieldNames[3] = "length";
// Create fields
for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTagDecl,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
&Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false,
ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
CFConstantStringTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
}
CFConstantStringTagDecl->completeDefinition();
// This type is designed to be compatible with NSConstantString, but cannot
// use the same name, since NSConstantString is an interface.
auto tagType = getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTagDecl);
CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
buildImplicitTypedef(tagType, "__NSConstantString");
}
return CFConstantStringTypeDecl;
}
RecordDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringTagDecl() const {
if (!CFConstantStringTagDecl)
getCFConstantStringDecl(); // Build the tag and the typedef.
return CFConstantStringTagDecl;
}
// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
return getTypedefType(getCFConstantStringDecl());
}
QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("objc_super");
TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
}
return ObjCSuperType;
}
void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
const auto *TD = T->getAs<TypedefType>();
assert(TD && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
CFConstantStringTypeDecl = cast<TypedefDecl>(TD->getDecl());
const auto *TagType =
CFConstantStringTypeDecl->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<RecordType>();
assert(TagType && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
CFConstantStringTagDecl = TagType->getDecl();
}
QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
if (BlockDescriptorType)
return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
RecordDecl *RD;
// FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor");
RD->startDefinition();
QualType FieldTypes[] = {
UnsignedLongTy,
UnsignedLongTy,
};
static const char *const FieldNames[] = {
"reserved",
"Size"
};
for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
*this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
&Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
RD->addDecl(Field);
}
RD->completeDefinition();
BlockDescriptorType = RD;
return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
}
QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
RecordDecl *RD;
// FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose");
RD->startDefinition();
QualType FieldTypes[] = {
UnsignedLongTy,
UnsignedLongTy,
getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
};
static const char *const FieldNames[] = {
"reserved",
"Size",
"CopyFuncPtr",
"DestroyFuncPtr"
};
for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
*this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
&Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
RD->addDecl(Field);
}
RD->completeDefinition();
BlockDescriptorExtendedType = RD;
return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
}
TargetInfo::OpenCLTypeKind ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeKind(const Type *T) const {
const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T);
if (!BT) {
if (isa<PipeType>(T))
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Pipe;
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default;
}
switch (BT->getKind()) {
#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
case BuiltinType::Id: \
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Image;
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ClkEvent;
case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Event;
case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Queue;
case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ReserveID;
case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Sampler;
default:
return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default;
}
}
LangAS ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(const Type *T) const {
return Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T));
}
/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
/// in buildByrefHelpers.
bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
const VarDecl *D) {
if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
return true;
}
// The block needs copy/destroy helpers if Ty is non-trivial to destructively
// move or destroy.
if (Ty.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() || Ty.isDestructedType())
return true;
if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
// If we have lifetime, that dominates.
if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
switch (lifetime) {
case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
// These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
return false;
// These cases should have been taken care of when checking the type's
// non-triviality.
case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
llvm_unreachable("impossible");
}
llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
}
return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
}
bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
return false;
HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
} else if ((LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime())) {
// Honor the ARC qualifiers.
} else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
// The MRR rule.
LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
} else {
LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
}
return true;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
ObjCInstanceTypeDecl =
buildImplicitTypedef(getObjCIdType(), "instancetype");
return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
}
// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
// typedef <type> BOOL;
static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
if (const auto *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
return II->isStr("BOOL");
return false;
}
/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
/// purpose.
CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
return CharUnits::Zero();
CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
// Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
// Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
else if (type->isArrayType())
sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
return sz;
}
bool ASTContext::isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(const VarDecl *VD) const {
return getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
!VD->getFirstDecl()->isOutOfLine() && VD->getFirstDecl()->hasInit();
}
ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind
ASTContext::getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(const VarDecl *VD) const {
if (!VD->isInline())
return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None;
// In almost all cases, it's a weak definition.
auto *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
if (First->isInlineSpecified() || !First->isStaticDataMember())
return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak;
// If there's a file-context declaration in this translation unit, it's a
// non-discardable definition.
for (auto *D : VD->redecls())
if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
!D->isInlineSpecified() && (D->isConstexpr() || First->isConstexpr()))
return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong;
// If we've not seen one yet, we don't know.
return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown;
}
static std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
}
/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
/// declaration.
std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
std::string S;
const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
QualType BlockTy =
Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
// Encode result type.
if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(
Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), S,
true /*Extended*/);
else
getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), S);
// Compute size of all parameters.
// Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
// FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) {
QualType PType = PI->getType();
CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
if (sz.isZero())
continue;
assert(sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
ParmOffset += sz;
}
// Size of the argument frame
S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
// Block pointer and offset.
S += "@?0";
// Argument types.
ParmOffset = PtrSize;
for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) {
QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
if (const auto *AT =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
// Use array's original type only if it has known number of
// elements.
if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
PType = PVDecl->getType();
} else if (PType->isFunctionType())
PType = PVDecl->getType();
if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
S, true /*Extended*/);
else
getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
}
return S;
}
std::string
ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl) const {
std::string S;
// Encode result type.
getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getReturnType(), S);
CharUnits ParmOffset;
// Compute size of all parameters.
for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) {
QualType PType = PI->getType();
CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
if (sz.isZero())
continue;
assert(sz.isPositive() &&
"getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
ParmOffset += sz;
}
S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
// Argument types.
for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) {
QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
if (const auto *AT =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
// Use array's original type only if it has known number of
// elements.
if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
PType = PVDecl->getType();
} else if (PType->isFunctionType())
PType = PVDecl->getType();
getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
}
return S;
}
/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
/// block object types.
void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
QualType T, std::string& S,
bool Extended) const {
// Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
// Encode parameter type.
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr,
true /*OutermostType*/,
false /*EncodingProperty*/,
false /*StructField*/,
Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
}
/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
/// declaration.
std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
bool Extended) const {
// FIXME: This is not very efficient.
// Encode return type.
std::string S;
getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
Decl->getReturnType(), S, Extended);
// Compute size of all parameters.
// Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
// FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
// The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
// their size.
CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
if (sz.isZero())
continue;
assert(sz.isPositive() &&
"getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
ParmOffset += sz;
}
S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
S += "@0:";
S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
// Argument types.
ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
if (const auto *AT =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
// Use array's original type only if it has known number of
// elements.
if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
PType = PVDecl->getType();
} else if (PType->isFunctionType())
PType = PVDecl->getType();
getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
PType, S, Extended);
S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
}
return S;
}
ObjCPropertyImplDecl *
ASTContext::getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(
const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
const Decl *Container) const {
if (!Container)
return nullptr;
if (const auto *CID = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
for (auto *PID : CID->property_impls())
if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD)
return PID;
} else {
const auto *OID = cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
for (auto *PID : OID->property_impls())
if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD)
return PID;
}
return nullptr;
}
/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
/// @code
/// enum PropertyAttributes {
/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
/// };
/// @endcode
std::string
ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
const Decl *Container) const {
// Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
bool Dynamic = false;
ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = nullptr;
if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropertyImpDecl =
getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(PD, Container)) {
if (PropertyImpDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic)
Dynamic = true;
else
SynthesizePID = PropertyImpDecl;
}
// FIXME: This is not very efficient.
std::string S = "T";
// Encode result type.
// GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
// closely resembles encoding of ivars.
getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(PD->getType(), S);
if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
S += ",R";
if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy)
S += ",C";
if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain)
S += ",&";
if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak)
S += ",W";
} else {
switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
}
}
// It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
// are "dynamic by default".
if (Dynamic)
S += ",D";
if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
S += ",N";
if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
S += ",G";
S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
}
if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
S += ",S";
S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
}
if (SynthesizePID) {
const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
S += ",V";
S += OID->getNameAsString();
}
// FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
return S;
}
/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
if (const auto *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
else
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
PointeeTy = IntTy;
}
}
}
void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
const FieldDecl *Field,
QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
// We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
// directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
// these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
// same type.
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
true /* outermost type */, false, false,
false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
}
void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(QualType T,
std::string& S) const {
// Encode result type.
// GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
// closely resembles encoding of ivars.
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr,
true /* outermost type */,
true /* encoding property */);
}
static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
switch (kind) {
case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
case BuiltinType::Char8:
case BuiltinType::Char_U:
case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
case BuiltinType::Char16:
case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
case BuiltinType::Char32:
case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
case BuiltinType::ULong:
return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
case BuiltinType::Char_S:
case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
case BuiltinType::Long:
return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
case BuiltinType::Float16:
case BuiltinType::Float128:
case BuiltinType::Half:
// FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
return ' ';
case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
// OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
case BuiltinType::Id:
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
case BuiltinType::Dependent:
#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
case BuiltinType::KIND:
#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
}
llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
}
static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
// The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
if (!Enum->isFixed())
return 'i';
// The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
const auto *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
}
static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
S += 'b';
// The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
// The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
// then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
// bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
//
// struct
// {
// int integer;
// int flags:2;
// };
// On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
// runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
// information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
// compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
// actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
uint64_t Offset;
if (const auto *IVD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(FD)) {
Offset = Ctx->lookupFieldBitOffset(IVD->getContainingInterface(), nullptr,
IVD);
} else {
const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Offset = RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex());
}
S += llvm::utostr(Offset);
if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
else {
const auto *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
}
}
S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
}
// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
bool ExpandStructures,
const FieldDecl *FD,
bool OutermostType,
bool EncodingProperty,
bool StructField,
bool EncodeBlockParameters,
bool EncodeClassNames,
bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef,
QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
case Type::Builtin:
case Type::Enum:
if (FD && FD->isBitField())
return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
else
S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
return;
case Type::Complex: {
const auto *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
S += 'j';
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, nullptr);
return;
}
case Type::Atomic: {
const auto *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
S += 'A';
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, nullptr);
return;
}
// encoding for pointer or reference types.
case Type::Pointer:
case Type::LValueReference:
case Type::RValueReference: {
QualType PointeeTy;
if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
const auto *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
S += ':';
return;
}
PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
} else {
PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
}
bool isReadOnly = false;
// For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
// pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
// the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
// Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
isReadOnly = true;
S += 'r';
}
} else if (OutermostType) {
QualType P = PointeeTy;
while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (P.isConstQualified()) {
isReadOnly = true;
S += 'r';
}
}
if (isReadOnly) {
// Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
// combinations need to be rearranged.
// Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
}
if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
// char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
// type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
S += '*';
return;
}
} else if (const auto *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
// GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
S += '#';
return;
}
// GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
S += '@';
return;
}
// fall through...
}
S += '^';
getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, false,
NotEncodedT);
return;
}
case Type::ConstantArray:
case Type::IncompleteArray:
case Type::VariableArray: {
const auto *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
// Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
S += '^';
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
false, ExpandStructures, FD);
} else {
S += '[';
if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
else {
//Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
"Unknown array type!");
S += '0';
}
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
false, ExpandStructures, FD,
false, false, false, false, false, false,
NotEncodedT);
S += ']';
}
return;
}
case Type::FunctionNoProto:
case Type::FunctionProto:
S += '?';
return;
case Type::Record: {
RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
// Anonymous structures print as '?'
if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
S += II->getName();
if (const auto *Spec = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
printTemplateArgumentList(OS, TemplateArgs.asArray(),
getPrintingPolicy());
}
} else {
S += '?';
}
if (ExpandStructures) {
S += '=';
if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD, true, NotEncodedT);
} else {
for (const auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) {
if (FD) {
S += '"';
S += Field->getNameAsString();
S += '"';
}
// Special case bit-fields.
if (Field->isBitField()) {
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Field);
} else {
QualType qt = Field->getType();
getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
/*EncodingProperty*/false,
/*StructField*/true,
false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
}
}
}
}
S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
return;
}
case Type::BlockPointer: {
const auto *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
const auto *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
S += '<';
// Block return type
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(
FT->getReturnType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty,
false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false,
NotEncodedT);
// Block self
S += "@?";
// Block parameters
if (const auto *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
for (const auto &I : FPT->param_types())
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(
I, S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD,
false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty,
false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames,
false, NotEncodedT);
}
S += '>';
}
return;
}
case Type::ObjCObject: {
// hack to match legacy encoding of *id and *Class
QualType Ty = getObjCObjectPointerType(CT);
if (Ty->isObjCIdType()) {
S += "{objc_object=}";
return;
}
else if (Ty->isObjCClassType()) {
S += "{objc_class=}";
return;
}
// TODO: Double check to make sure this intentionally falls through.
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
}
case Type::ObjCInterface: {
// Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
// @encode(class_name)
ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
S += '{';
S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
if (ExpandStructures) {
S += '=';
SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
const FieldDecl *Field = Ivars[i];
if (Field->isBitField())
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
else
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
false, false, false, false, false,
EncodePointerToObjCTypedef,
NotEncodedT);
}
}
S += '}';
return;
}
case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
const auto *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
S += '@';
return;
}
if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
// FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
// Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
// folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obscure construct.
S += '#';
return;
}
if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
ExpandPointedToStructures,
ExpandStructures, FD);
if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
// Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
// Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
S += '"';
for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) {
S += '<';
S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
S += '>';
}
S += '"';
}
return;
}
QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
if (!EncodingProperty &&
isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
!EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
// Another historical/compatibility reason.
// We encode the underlying type which comes out as
// {...};
S += '^';
if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
// Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl();
SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Ivars[i] == FD) {
S += '{';
S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
S += '}';
return;
}
}
}
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
nullptr,
false, false, false, false, false,
/*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
return;
}
S += '@';
if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
(FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
S += '"';
S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) {
S += '<';
S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
S += '>';
}
S += '"';
}
return;
}
// gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
// FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
case Type::MemberPointer:
// This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is insufficient.
//FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
case Type::Vector:
case Type::ExtVector:
// Until we have a coherent encoding of these three types, issue warning.
if (NotEncodedT)
*NotEncodedT = T;
return;
// We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery.
// Just ignore it.
case Type::Auto:
case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
return;
case Type::Pipe:
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
case Type::KIND:
#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
case Type::KIND:
#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
case Type::KIND:
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
}
llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
}
void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
std::string &S,
const FieldDecl *FD,
bool includeVBases,
QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
if (!RDecl->getDefinition() || RDecl->getDefinition()->isInvalidDecl())
return;
const auto *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
if (CXXRec) {
for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->bases()) {
if (!BI.isVirtual()) {
CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (base->isEmpty())
continue;
uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
std::make_pair(offs, base));
}
}
}
unsigned i = 0;
for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) {
uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
std::make_pair(offs, Field));
++i;
}
if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->vbases()) {
CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (base->isEmpty())
continue;
uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) &&
FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
std::make_pair(offs, base));
}
}
CharUnits size;
if (CXXRec) {
size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
} else {
size = layout.getSize();
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
#endif
std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
(CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
if (FD) {
S += "\"_vptr$";
std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
S += recname;
S += '"';
}
S += "^^?";
#ifndef NDEBUG
CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
#endif
}
if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
// Mark the end of the structure.
uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
std::make_pair(offs, nullptr));
}
for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
// FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
// packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
// the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
// If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
// taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
// encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
// longer then though.
CurOffs += padding;
}
#endif
NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
if (!dcl)
break; // reached end of structure.
if (auto *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
// We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
// in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
// expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
// making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false,
NotEncodedT);
assert(!base->isEmpty());
#ifndef NDEBUG
CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
#endif
} else {
const auto *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
if (FD) {
S += '"';
S += field->getNameAsString();
S += '"';
}
if (field->isBitField()) {
EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
#ifndef NDEBUG
CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
#endif
} else {
QualType qt = field->getType();
getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
/*OutermostType*/false,
/*EncodingProperty*/false,
/*StructField*/true,
false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
#ifndef NDEBUG
CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
#endif
}
}
}
}
void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
std::string& S) const {
if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
S += 'n';
if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
S += 'N';
if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
S += 'o';
if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
S += 'O';
if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
S += 'R';
if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
S += 'V';
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, {});
T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
ObjCIdDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "id");
}
return ObjCIdDecl;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
QualType T = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
ObjCSelDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "SEL");
}
return ObjCSelDecl;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, {});
T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
ObjCClassDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "Class");
}
return ObjCClassDecl;
}
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
ObjCProtocolClassDecl
= ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
SourceLocation(),
&Idents.get("Protocol"),
/*typeParamList=*/nullptr,
/*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
SourceLocation(), true);
}
return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
StringRef Name) {
// typedef char* __builtin[_ms]_va_list;
QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, Name);
}
static TypedefDecl *CreateMSVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_ms_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *
CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// struct __va_list
RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list");
if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// namespace std { struct __va_list {
NamespaceDecl *NS;
NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
/*Inline*/ false, SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
/*PrevDecl*/ nullptr);
NS->setImplicit();
VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
}
VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
const size_t NumFields = 5;
QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
// void *__stack;
FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
// void *__gr_top;
FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
// void *__vr_top;
FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
// int __gr_offs;
FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
// int __vr_offs;
FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
// Create fields
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
VaListTagDecl,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
&Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false,
ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
}
VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
// } __builtin_va_list;
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// typedef struct __va_list_tag {
RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
const size_t NumFields = 5;
QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
// unsigned char gpr;
FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
// unsigned char fpr;
FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
// unsigned short reserved;
FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
// void* overflow_arg_area;
FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
// void* reg_save_area;
FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
// Create fields
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
&Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false,
ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
}
VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
// } __va_list_tag;
TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl =
Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__va_list_tag");
QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
// typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
QualType VaListTagArrayType
= Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *
CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// struct __va_list_tag {
RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
const size_t NumFields = 4;
QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
// unsigned gp_offset;
FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
// unsigned fp_offset;
FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
// void* overflow_arg_area;
FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
// void* reg_save_area;
FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
// Create fields
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
VaListTagDecl,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
&Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false,
ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
}
VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
// };
// typedef struct __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
QualType VaListTagArrayType =
Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
QualType IntArrayType =
Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(IntArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *
CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// struct __va_list
RecordDecl *VaListDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list");
if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// namespace std { struct __va_list {
NamespaceDecl *NS;
NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
/*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
/*PrevDecl*/ nullptr);
NS->setImplicit();
VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
}
VaListDecl->startDefinition();
// void * __ap;
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
VaListDecl,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
&Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
/*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false,
ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
// };
VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListDecl;
// typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
QualType T = Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *
CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
// struct __va_list_tag {
RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
const size_t NumFields = 4;
QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
// long __gpr;
FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy;
FieldNames[0] = "__gpr";
// long __fpr;
FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy;
FieldNames[1] = "__fpr";
// void *__overflow_arg_area;
FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area";
// void *__reg_save_area;
FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area";
// Create fields
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
VaListTagDecl,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
&Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
/*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
/*Mutable=*/false,
ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setAccess(AS_public);
VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
}
VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
// };
// typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
QualType VaListTagArrayType =
Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
}
static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
switch (Kind) {
case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList:
return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
}
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) {
BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
assert(BuiltinVaListDecl->isImplicit());
}
return BuiltinVaListDecl;
}
Decl *ASTContext::getVaListTagDecl() const {
// Force the creation of VaListTagDecl by building the __builtin_va_list
// declaration.
if (!VaListTagDecl)
(void)getBuiltinVaListDecl();
return VaListTagDecl;
}
TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinMSVaListDecl() const {
if (!BuiltinMSVaListDecl)
BuiltinMSVaListDecl = CreateMSVaListDecl(this);
return BuiltinMSVaListDecl;
}
bool ASTContext::canBuiltinBeRedeclared(const FunctionDecl *FD) const {
return BuiltinInfo.canBeRedeclared(FD->getBuiltinID());
}
void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
"'NSConstantString' type already set!");
ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
}
/// Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
/// lookup.
TemplateName
ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
unsigned size = End - Begin;
assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
auto *OT = new (memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = *I;
assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
*Storage++ = D;
}
return TemplateName(OT);
}
/// Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
/// template name such as \c std::vector.
TemplateName
ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
bool TemplateKeyword,
TemplateDecl *Template) const {
assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
// FIXME: Canonicalization?
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (!QTN) {
QTN = new (*this, alignof(QualifiedTemplateName))
QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
}
return TemplateName(QTN);
}
/// Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
TemplateName
ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
"Nested name specifier must be dependent");
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentTemplateName *QTN =
DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (QTN)
return TemplateName(QTN);
NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
} else {
TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
(void)CheckQTN;
}
DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
return TemplateName(QTN);
}
/// Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
TemplateName
ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
"Nested name specifier must be dependent");
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
DependentTemplateName *QTN
= DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (QTN)
return TemplateName(QTN);
NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
} else {
TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
= DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
(void)CheckQTN;
}
DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
return TemplateName(QTN);
}
TemplateName
ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
TemplateName replacement) const {
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
void *insertPos = nullptr;
SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
= SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
if (!subst) {
subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
}
return TemplateName(subst);
}
TemplateName
ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
auto &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
void *InsertPos = nullptr;
SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
= SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
if (!Subst) {
Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
ArgPack.pack_size(),
ArgPack.pack_begin());
SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
}
return TemplateName(Subst);
}
/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
switch (Type) {
case TargetInfo::NoInt: return {};
case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy;
case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy;
case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
}
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Type Predicates.
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
/// garbage collection attribute.
///
Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
return Qualifiers::GCNone;
assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
// Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
// (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
// as __strong.
if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
return Qualifiers::Strong;
else if (Ty->isPointerType())
return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
} else {
// It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
// pointer.
#ifndef NDEBUG
QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
while (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
CT = AT->getElementType();
assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
#endif
}
return GCAttrs;
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Type Compatibility Testing
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
/// compatible.
static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
const VectorType *RHS) {
assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
}
bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
QualType SecondVec) {
assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
return true;
// Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
// equivalent GCC vector types.
const auto *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
const auto *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
return true;
return false;
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
bool
ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
return true;
for (auto *PI : rProto->protocols())
if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, PI))
return true;
return false;
}
/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
/// Class<pr1, ...>.
bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
QualType rhs) {
const auto *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
assert((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) {
bool match = false;
for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) {
if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
match = true;
break;
}
}
if (!match)
return false;
}
return true;
}
/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
bool compare) {
// Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
return true;
else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
return true;
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (!rhsOPT) return false;
if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
// If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
// make sure we check the class hierarchy.
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) {
// when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
// see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
// through its super class and categories.
if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true))
return false;
}
}
// If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
return true;
}
// Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) {
bool match = false;
// when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
// see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
// through its super class and categories.
for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) {
if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
(compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
match = true;
break;
}
}
// If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
// make sure we check the class hierarchy.
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) {
// when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
// see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
// through its super class and categories.
if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) {
match = true;
break;
}
}
}
if (!match)
return false;
}
return true;
}
const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
// If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
for (auto *lhsProto : lhsOPT->quals()) {
bool match = false;
// when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
// see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
// through its super class and categories.
// First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
// or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) {
if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
(compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
match = true;
break;
}
}
if (!match)
return false;
}
// Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
// must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
// This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
// no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
// assume that it is mismatch.
if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
return false;
for (auto *lhsProto : LHSInheritedProtocols) {
bool match = false;
for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) {
if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
(compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
match = true;
break;
}
}
if (!match)
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
// If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
return true;
// Function object that propagates a successful result or handles
// __kindof types.
auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool {
if (succeeded)
return true;
if (!RHS->isKindOfType())
return false;
// Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether
// we can assign the other way.
return canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this));
};
if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) {
return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
QualType(RHSOPT,0),
false));
}
if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) {
return finish(ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
QualType(RHSOPT,0)));
}
// If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) {
return finish(canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS));
}
return false;
}
/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
bool BlockReturnType) {
// Function object that propagates a successful result or handles
// __kindof types.
auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool {
if (succeeded)
return true;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *Expected = BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT;
if (!Expected->isKindOfType())
return false;
// Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether
// we can assign the other way.
return canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
BlockReturnType);
};
if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
return true;
if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
return finish(RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ||
RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType());
}
if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
QualType(RHSOPT,0),
false));
const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
if (LHS != RHS) {
if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
return finish(BlockReturnType);
if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
return finish(!BlockReturnType);
}
else
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// Comparison routine for Objective-C protocols to be used with
/// llvm::array_pod_sort.
static int compareObjCProtocolsByName(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *lhs,
ObjCProtocolDecl * const *rhs) {
return (*lhs)->getName().compare((*rhs)->getName());
}
/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects with
/// the given common base.
/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
static
void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CommonBase,
const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionSet) {
const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
// Add all of the protocols for the LHS.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSProtocolSet;
// Start with the protocol qualifiers.
for (auto proto : LHS->quals()) {
Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, LHSProtocolSet);
}
// Also add the protocols associated with the LHS interface.
Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), LHSProtocolSet);
// Add all of the protocls for the RHS.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSProtocolSet;
// Start with the protocol qualifiers.
for (auto proto : RHS->quals()) {
Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, RHSProtocolSet);
}
// Also add the protocols associated with the RHS interface.
Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), RHSProtocolSet);
// Compute the intersection of the collected protocol sets.
for (auto proto : LHSProtocolSet) {
if (RHSProtocolSet.count(proto))
IntersectionSet.push_back(proto);
}
// Compute the set of protocols that is implied by either the common type or
// the protocols within the intersection.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> ImpliedProtocols;
Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(CommonBase, ImpliedProtocols);
// Remove any implied protocols from the list of inherited protocols.
if (!ImpliedProtocols.empty()) {
IntersectionSet.erase(
std::remove_if(IntersectionSet.begin(),
IntersectionSet.end(),
[&](ObjCProtocolDecl *proto) -> bool {
return ImpliedProtocols.count(proto) > 0;
}),
IntersectionSet.end());
}
// Sort the remaining protocols by name.
llvm::array_pod_sort(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(),
compareObjCProtocolsByName);
}
/// Determine whether the first type is a subtype of the second.
static bool canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ASTContext &ctx, QualType lhs,
QualType rhs) {
// Common case: two object pointers.
const auto *lhsOPT = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (lhsOPT && rhsOPT)
return ctx.canAssignObjCInterfaces(lhsOPT, rhsOPT);
// Two block pointers.
const auto *lhsBlock = lhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
const auto *rhsBlock = rhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
if (lhsBlock && rhsBlock)
return ctx.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhs, rhs);
// If either is an unqualified 'id' and the other is a block, it's
// acceptable.
if ((lhsOPT && lhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && rhsBlock) ||
(rhsOPT && rhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && lhsBlock))
return true;
return false;
}
// Check that the given Objective-C type argument lists are equivalent.
static bool sameObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface,
ArrayRef<QualType> lhsArgs,
ArrayRef<QualType> rhsArgs,
bool stripKindOf) {
if (lhsArgs.size() != rhsArgs.size())
return false;
ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = iface->getTypeParamList();
for (unsigned i = 0, n = lhsArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) {
if (ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i]))
continue;
switch (typeParams->begin()[i]->getVariance()) {
case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant:
if (!stripKindOf ||
!ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx),
rhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx))) {
return false;
}
break;
case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant:
if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i]))
return false;
break;
case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant:
if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, rhsArgs[i], lhsArgs[i]))
return false;
break;
}
}
return true;
}
QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
return {};
// When either LHS or RHS is a kindof type, we should return a kindof type.
// For example, for common base of kindof(ASub1) and kindof(ASub2), we return
// kindof(A).
bool anyKindOf = LHS->isKindOfType() || RHS->isKindOfType();
// Follow the left-hand side up the class hierarchy until we either hit a
// root or find the RHS. Record the ancestors in case we don't find it.
llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, const ObjCObjectType *, 4>
LHSAncestors;
while (true) {
// Record this ancestor. We'll need this if the common type isn't in the
// path from the LHS to the root.
LHSAncestors[LHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()] = LHS;
if (declaresSameEntity(LHS->getInterface(), RDecl)) {
// Get the type arguments.
ArrayRef<QualType> LHSTypeArgs = LHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
bool anyChanges = false;
if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) {
// Both have type arguments, compare them.
if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(),
/*stripKindOf=*/true))
return {};
} else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) {
// If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type
// arguments.
LHSTypeArgs = {};
anyChanges = true;
}
// Compute the intersection of protocols.
SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, LHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr,
Protocols);
if (!Protocols.empty())
anyChanges = true;
// If anything in the LHS will have changed, build a new result type.
// If we need to return a kindof type but LHS is not a kindof type, we
// build a new result type.
if (anyChanges || LHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) {
QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(LHS->getInterface());
Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, LHSTypeArgs, Protocols,
anyKindOf || LHS->isKindOfType());
return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
}
return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(LHS, 0));
}
// Find the superclass.
QualType LHSSuperType = LHS->getSuperClassType();
if (LHSSuperType.isNull())
break;
LHS = LHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}
// We didn't find anything by following the LHS to its root; now check
// the RHS against the cached set of ancestors.
while (true) {
auto KnownLHS = LHSAncestors.find(RHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl());
if (KnownLHS != LHSAncestors.end()) {
LHS = KnownLHS->second;
// Get the type arguments.
ArrayRef<QualType> RHSTypeArgs = RHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
bool anyChanges = false;
if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) {
// Both have type arguments, compare them.
if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(),
/*stripKindOf=*/true))
return {};
} else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) {
// If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type
// arguments.
RHSTypeArgs = {};
anyChanges = true;
}
// Compute the intersection of protocols.
SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, RHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr,
Protocols);
if (!Protocols.empty())
anyChanges = true;
// If we need to return a kindof type but RHS is not a kindof type, we
// build a new result type.
if (anyChanges || RHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) {
QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(RHS->getInterface());
Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, RHSTypeArgs, Protocols,
anyKindOf || RHS->isKindOfType());
return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
}
return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(RHS, 0));
}
// Find the superclass of the RHS.
QualType RHSSuperType = RHS->getSuperClassType();
if (RHSSuperType.isNull())
break;
RHS = RHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}
return {};
}
bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
// Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
// the LHS.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSInterface = LHS->getInterface();
bool IsSuperClass = LHSInterface->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
if (!IsSuperClass)
return false;
// If the LHS has protocol qualifiers, determine whether all of them are
// satisfied by the RHS (i.e., the RHS has a superset of the protocols in the
// LHS).
if (LHS->getNumProtocols() > 0) {
// OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
// ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
// in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
// But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
// Also, if RHS has explicit quelifiers, include them for comparing with LHS's
// qualifiers.
for (auto *RHSPI : RHS->quals())
CollectInheritedProtocols(RHSPI, SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
// If there is no protocols associated with RHS, it is not a match.
if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
return false;
for (const auto *LHSProto : LHS->quals()) {
bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
for (auto *SuperClassProto : SuperClassInheritedProtocols)
if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
break;
}
if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
return false;
}
}
// If the LHS is specialized, we may need to check type arguments.
if (LHS->isSpecialized()) {
// Follow the superclass chain until we've matched the LHS class in the
// hierarchy. This substitutes type arguments through.
const ObjCObjectType *RHSSuper = RHS;
while (!declaresSameEntity(RHSSuper->getInterface(), LHSInterface))
RHSSuper = RHSSuper->getSuperClassType()->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
// If the RHS is specializd, compare type arguments.
if (RHSSuper->isSpecialized() &&
!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHSSuper->getTypeArgs(),
/*stripKindOf=*/true)) {
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
// get the "pointed to" types
const auto *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const auto *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
return false;
return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
}
bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
}
/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
bool CompareUnqualified) {
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
}
bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
}
bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
}
/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
/// QualType()
QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
bool OfBlockPointer,
bool Unqualified) {
if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) {
QualType ET = I->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
if (!MT.isNull())
return MT;
}
}
}
return {};
}
/// mergeFunctionParameterTypes - merge two types which appear as function
/// parameter types
QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionParameterTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
bool OfBlockPointer,
bool Unqualified) {
// GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
// argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
// type is compatible with a union member
QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
Unqualified);
if (!lmerge.isNull())
return lmerge;
QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
Unqualified);
if (!rmerge.isNull())
return rmerge;
return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
}
QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
bool OfBlockPointer,
bool Unqualified) {
const auto *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
const auto *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
const auto *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
const auto *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
bool allLTypes = true;
bool allRTypes = true;
// Check return type
QualType retType;
if (OfBlockPointer) {
QualType RHS = rbase->getReturnType();
QualType LHS = lbase->getReturnType();
bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
if (!UnqualifiedResult)
UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
}
else
retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getReturnType(), rbase->getReturnType(), false,
Unqualified);
if (retType.isNull())
return {};
if (Unqualified)
retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getReturnType());
CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getReturnType());
if (Unqualified) {
LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
}
if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
allLTypes = false;
if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
allRTypes = false;
// FIXME: double check this
// FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
// rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
// lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
// Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC())
return {};
// Regparm is part of the calling convention.
if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
return {};
if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
return {};
if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
return {};
if (lbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != rbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs())
return {};
if (lbaseInfo.getNoCfCheck() != rbaseInfo.getNoCfCheck())
return {};
// FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
allLTypes = false;
if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
allRTypes = false;
FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
"C++ shouldn't be here");
// Compatible functions must have the same number of parameters
if (lproto->getNumParams() != rproto->getNumParams())
return {};
// Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
return {};
if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
return {};
SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> newParamInfos;
bool canUseLeft, canUseRight;
if (!mergeExtParameterInfo(lproto, rproto, canUseLeft, canUseRight,
newParamInfos))
return {};
if (!canUseLeft)
allLTypes = false;
if (!canUseRight)
allRTypes = false;
// Check parameter type compatibility
SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
for (unsigned i = 0, n = lproto->getNumParams(); i < n; i++) {
QualType lParamType = lproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType rParamType = rproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType paramType = mergeFunctionParameterTypes(
lParamType, rParamType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
if (paramType.isNull())
return {};
if (Unqualified)
paramType = paramType.getUnqualifiedType();
types.push_back(paramType);
if (Unqualified) {
lParamType = lParamType.getUnqualifiedType();
rParamType = rParamType.getUnqualifiedType();
}
if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(lParamType))
allLTypes = false;
if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(rParamType))
allRTypes = false;
}
if (allLTypes) return lhs;
if (allRTypes) return rhs;
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
EPI.ExtParameterInfos =
newParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : newParamInfos.data();
return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI);
}
if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
if (proto) {
assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
if (proto->isVariadic())
return {};
// Check that the types are compatible with the types that
// would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
// The only types actually affected are promotable integer
// types and floats, which would be passed as a different
// type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
for (unsigned i = 0, n = proto->getNumParams(); i < n; ++i) {
QualType paramTy = proto->getParamType(i);
// Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
// to pass enum values.
if (const auto *Enum = paramTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
paramTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
if (paramTy.isNull())
return {};
}
if (paramTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
getCanonicalType(paramTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
return {};
}
if (allLTypes) return lhs;
if (allRTypes) return rhs;
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getParamTypes(), EPI);
}
if (allLTypes) return lhs;
if (allRTypes) return rhs;
return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
}
/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them.
static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET,
QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) {
// C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
// a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
// Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
// type.
QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
if (underlyingType.isNull())
return {};
if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other))
return other;
// In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any
// integral type of the same size.
if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() &&
Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other))
return other;
return {};
}
QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
bool OfBlockPointer,
bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
// C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
// type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
// designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
// expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
// the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
if (Unqualified) {
LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
}
QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
// If two types are identical, they are compatible.
if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
return LHS;
// If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
if (LQuals != RQuals) {
// If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
// mismatch.
if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime() ||
LQuals.hasUnaligned() != RQuals.hasUnaligned())
return {};
// Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
// okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
// C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
// this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
// qualified __strong.
Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
return {};
if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
}
if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
}
return {};
}
// Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
// We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
// comparisons, just force one to the other.
if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
// Same as above for arrays
if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
// ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
// Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
// If the canonical type classes don't match.
if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
// Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum
// returns into block int returns, not vice-versa.
if (const auto *ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false);
}
if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType);
}
// allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
return LHS;
if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
return RHS;
}
return {};
}
// The canonical type classes match.
switch (LHSClass) {
#define TYPE(Class, Base)
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
case Type::Auto:
case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
case Type::LValueReference:
case Type::RValueReference:
case Type::MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
case Type::ObjCInterface:
case Type::IncompleteArray:
case Type::VariableArray:
case Type::FunctionProto:
case Type::ExtVector:
llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
case Type::Pointer:
{
// Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (Unqualified) {
LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
}
QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
Unqualified);
if (ResultType.isNull())
return {};
if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return LHS;
if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return RHS;
return getPointerType(ResultType);
}
case Type::BlockPointer:
{
// Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (Unqualified) {
LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
}
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Qualifiers LHSPteeQual = LHSPointee.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers RHSPteeQual = RHSPointee.getQualifiers();
// Blocks can't be an expression in a ternary operator (OpenCL v2.0
// 6.12.5) thus the following check is asymmetric.
if (!LHSPteeQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(RHSPteeQual))
return {};
LHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace();
RHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace();
LHSPointee =
QualType(LHSPointee.getTypePtr(), LHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue());
RHSPointee =
QualType(RHSPointee.getTypePtr(), RHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue());
}
QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
Unqualified);
if (ResultType.isNull())
return {};
if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return LHS;
if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return RHS;
return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
}
case Type::Atomic:
{
// Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
if (Unqualified) {
LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
}
QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
Unqualified);
if (ResultType.isNull())
return {};
if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return LHS;
if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return RHS;
return getAtomicType(ResultType);
}
case Type::ConstantArray:
{
const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
return {};
QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
if (Unqualified) {
LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
}
QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
if (ResultType.isNull())
return {};
if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return LHS;
if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return RHS;
if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return LHS;
if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
return RHS;
if (LVAT) {
// FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
// the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
// has to be different.
return LHS;
}
if (RVAT) {
// FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
// the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
// has to be different.
return RHS;
}
if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
}
case Type::FunctionNoProto:
return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
case Type::Record:
case Type::Enum:
return {};
case Type::Builtin:
// Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
return {};
case Type::Complex:
// Distinct complex types are incompatible.
return {};
case Type::Vector:
// FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
return LHS;
return {};
case Type::ObjCObject: {
// Check if the types are assignment compatible.
// FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
// "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
const auto *LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
const auto *RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
return LHS;
return {};
}
case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
if (OfBlockPointer) {
if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
BlockReturnType))
return LHS;
return {};
}
if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
return LHS;
return {};
case Type::Pipe:
assert(LHS != RHS &&
"Equivalent pipe types should have already been handled!");
return {};
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
}
bool ASTContext::mergeExtParameterInfo(
const FunctionProtoType *FirstFnType, const FunctionProtoType *SecondFnType,
bool &CanUseFirst, bool &CanUseSecond,
SmallVectorImpl<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo> &NewParamInfos) {
assert(NewParamInfos.empty() && "param info list not empty");
CanUseFirst = CanUseSecond = true;
bool FirstHasInfo = FirstFnType->hasExtParameterInfos();
bool SecondHasInfo = SecondFnType->hasExtParameterInfos();
// Fast path: if the first type doesn't have ext parameter infos,
// we match if and only if the second type also doesn't have them.
if (!FirstHasInfo && !SecondHasInfo)
return true;
bool NeedParamInfo = false;
size_t E = FirstHasInfo ? FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size()
: SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size();
for (size_t I = 0; I < E; ++I) {
FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo FirstParam, SecondParam;
if (FirstHasInfo)
FirstParam = FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I);
if (SecondHasInfo)
SecondParam = SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I);
// Cannot merge unless everything except the noescape flag matches.
if (FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(false) != SecondParam.withIsNoEscape(false))
return false;
bool FirstNoEscape = FirstParam.isNoEscape();
bool SecondNoEscape = SecondParam.isNoEscape();
bool IsNoEscape = FirstNoEscape && SecondNoEscape;
NewParamInfos.push_back(FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(IsNoEscape));
if (NewParamInfos.back().getOpaqueValue())
NeedParamInfo = true;
if (FirstNoEscape != IsNoEscape)
CanUseFirst = false;
if (SecondNoEscape != IsNoEscape)
CanUseSecond = false;
}
if (!NeedParamInfo)
NewParamInfos.clear();
return true;
}
void ASTContext::ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) {
ObjCLayouts[CD] = nullptr;
}
/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
/// return types.
QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
// If two types are identical, they are compatible.
if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
return LHS;
if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
return {};
QualType OldReturnType =
cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType();
QualType NewReturnType =
cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType();
QualType ResReturnType =
mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
if (ResReturnType.isNull())
return {};
if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
// id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
// In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
const auto *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
if (const auto *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
QualType ResultType =
getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
return ResultType;
}
}
return {};
}
// If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
if (LQuals != RQuals) {
// If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
return {};
// Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
// okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
// C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
// this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
// qualified __strong.
Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
return {};
if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
return LHS;
if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
return RHS;
return {};
}
if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
return LHS;
if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
return RHS;
}
return {};
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Integer Predicates
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
if (T->isBooleanType())
return 1;
// For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
}
QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
// Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
if (const auto *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
// For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
if (const auto *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
const auto *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
switch (BTy->getKind()) {
case BuiltinType::Char_S:
case BuiltinType::SChar:
return UnsignedCharTy;
case BuiltinType::Short:
return UnsignedShortTy;
case BuiltinType::Int:
return UnsignedIntTy;
case BuiltinType::Long:
return UnsignedLongTy;
case BuiltinType::LongLong:
return UnsignedLongLongTy;
case BuiltinType::Int128:
return UnsignedInt128Ty;
default:
llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
}
}
ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() = default;
void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD,
QualType ReturnType) {}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Builtin Type Computation
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
/// a vector of "i*".
///
/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
bool &RequiresICE,
bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
// Modifiers.
int HowLong = 0;
bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
RequiresICE = false;
// Read the prefixed modifiers first.
bool Done = false;
#ifndef NDEBUG
bool IsSpecialLong = false;
#endif
while (!Done) {
switch (*Str++) {
default: Done = true; --Str; break;
case 'I':
RequiresICE = true;
break;
case 'S':
assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
Signed = true;
break;
case 'U':
assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'U' modifier multiple times!");
Unsigned = true;
break;
case 'L':
assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use 'L' with 'W' or 'N' modifiers");
assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
++HowLong;
break;
case 'N':
// 'N' behaves like 'L' for all non LP64 targets and 'int' otherwise.
assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use two 'N' or 'W' modifiers!");
assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'N' modifiers!");
#ifndef NDEBUG
IsSpecialLong = true;
#endif
if (Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32)
++HowLong;
break;
case 'W':
// This modifier represents int64 type.
assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use two 'N' or 'W' modifiers!");
assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'W' modifiers!");
#ifndef NDEBUG
IsSpecialLong = true;
#endif
switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type()) {
default:
llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type");
case TargetInfo::SignedLong:
HowLong = 1;
break;
case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong:
HowLong = 2;
break;
}
break;
}
}
QualType Type;
// Read the base type.
switch (*Str++) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
case 'v':
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
"Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
Type = Context.VoidTy;
break;
case 'h':
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
"Bad modifiers used with 'h'!");
Type = Context.HalfTy;
break;
case 'f':
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
"Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
Type = Context.FloatTy;
break;
case 'd':
assert(HowLong < 3 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
"Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
if (HowLong == 1)
Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
else if (HowLong == 2)
Type = Context.Float128Ty;
else
Type = Context.DoubleTy;
break;
case 's':
assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
if (Unsigned)
Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
else
Type = Context.ShortTy;
break;
case 'i':
if (HowLong == 3)
Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
else if (HowLong == 2)
Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
else if (HowLong == 1)
Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
else
Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
break;
case 'c':
assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
if (Signed)
Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
else if (Unsigned)
Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
else
Type = Context.CharTy;
break;
case 'b': // boolean
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
Type = Context.BoolTy;
break;
case 'z': // size_t.
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
Type = Context.getSizeType();
break;
case 'w': // wchar_t.
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'w'!");
Type = Context.getWideCharType();
break;
case 'F':
Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
break;
case 'G':
Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
break;
case 'H':
Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
break;
case 'M':
Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
break;
case 'a':
Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
break;
case 'A':
// This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
// this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
// different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
// passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
// x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
// is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
// we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
// it to be a __va_list_tag*.
Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
if (Type->isArrayType())
Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
else
Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
break;
case 'V': {
char *End;
unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Str = End;
QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
RequiresICE, false);
assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
// TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
VectorType::GenericVector);
break;
}
case 'E': {
char *End;
unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Str = End;
QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
false);
Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
break;
}
case 'X': {
QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
false);
assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
break;
}
case 'Y':
Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
break;
case 'P':
Type = Context.getFILEType();
if (Type.isNull()) {
Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
return {};
}
break;
case 'J':
if (Signed)
Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
else
Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
if (Type.isNull()) {
Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
return {};
}
break;
case 'K':
assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
if (Type.isNull()) {
Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
return {};
}
break;
case 'p':
Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
break;
}
// If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
while (!Done) {
switch (char c = *Str++) {
default: Done = true; --Str; break;
case '*':
case '&': {
// Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
// qualified with an address space.
char *End;
unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type,
getLangASFromTargetAS(AddrSpace));
Str = End;
}
if (c == '*')
Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
else
Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
break;
}
// FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
case 'C':
Type = Type.withConst();
break;
case 'D':
Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
break;
case 'R':
Type = Type.withRestrict();
break;
}
}
assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
"Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
return Type;
}
/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.getTypeString(Id);
SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
bool RequiresICE = false;
Error = GE_None;
QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
RequiresICE, true);
if (Error != GE_None)
return {};
assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
if (Error != GE_None)
return {};
// If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
// caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
*IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
// Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
if (Ty->isArrayType())
Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
}
if (Id == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo)
return {};
assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
"'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(CC_C);
if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
// We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here.
if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(Id))
EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type =
getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI);
}
static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForFunction(const ASTContext &Context,
const FunctionDecl *FD) {
if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
return GVA_Internal;
// Non-user-provided functions get emitted as weak definitions with every
// use, no matter whether they've been explicitly instantiated etc.
if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
if (!MD->isUserProvided())
return GVA_DiscardableODR;
GVALinkage External;
switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
case TSK_Undeclared:
case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
External = GVA_StrongExternal;
break;
case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
return GVA_StrongODR;
// C++11 [temp.explicit]p10:
// [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
// an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
// instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
// inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
// generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
return GVA_AvailableExternally;
case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
External = GVA_DiscardableODR;
break;
}
if (!FD->isInlined())
return External;
if ((!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) ||
FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
// FIXME: This doesn't match gcc's behavior for dllexport inline functions.
// GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
// externally visible.
if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
return External;
// C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
return GVA_AvailableExternally;
}
// Functions specified with extern and inline in -fms-compatibility mode
// forcibly get emitted. While the body of the function cannot be later
// replaced, the function definition cannot be discarded.
if (FD->isMSExternInline())
return GVA_StrongODR;
return GVA_DiscardableODR;
}
static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(const ASTContext &Context,
const Decl *D, GVALinkage L) {
// See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xa0d9ste.aspx
// dllexport/dllimport on inline functions.
if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_StrongODR)
return GVA_AvailableExternally;
} else if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR)
return GVA_StrongODR;
} else if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice &&
D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
// Device-side functions with __global__ attribute must always be
// visible externally so they can be launched from host.
if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_Internal)
return GVA_StrongODR;
}
return L;
}
/// Adjust the GVALinkage for a declaration based on what an external AST source
/// knows about whether there can be other definitions of this declaration.
static GVALinkage
adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *D,
GVALinkage L) {
ExternalASTSource *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource();
if (!Source)
return L;
switch (Source->hasExternalDefinitions(D)) {
case ExternalASTSource::EK_Never:
// Other translation units rely on us to provide the definition.
if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR)
return GVA_StrongODR;
break;
case ExternalASTSource::EK_Always:
return GVA_AvailableExternally;
case ExternalASTSource::EK_ReplyHazy:
break;
}
return L;
}
GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) const {
return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, FD,
adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, FD,
basicGVALinkageForFunction(*this, FD)));
}
static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForVariable(const ASTContext &Context,
const VarDecl *VD) {
if (!VD->isExternallyVisible())
return GVA_Internal;
if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
const DeclContext *LexicalContext = VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod();
while (LexicalContext && !isa<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext))
LexicalContext = LexicalContext->getLexicalParent();
// ObjC Blocks can create local variables that don't have a FunctionDecl
// LexicalContext.
if (!LexicalContext)
return GVA_DiscardableODR;
// Otherwise, let the static local variable inherit its linkage from the
// nearest enclosing function.
auto StaticLocalLinkage =
Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext));
// Itanium ABI 5.2.2: "Each COMDAT group [for a static local variable] must
// be emitted in any object with references to the symbol for the object it
// contains, whether inline or out-of-line."
// Similar behavior is observed with MSVC. An alternative ABI could use
// StrongODR/AvailableExternally to match the function, but none are
// known/supported currently.
if (StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_StrongODR ||
StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_AvailableExternally)
return GVA_DiscardableODR;
return StaticLocalLinkage;
}
// MSVC treats in-class initialized static data members as definitions.
// By giving them non-strong linkage, out-of-line definitions won't
// cause link errors.
if (Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD))
return GVA_DiscardableODR;
// Most non-template variables have strong linkage; inline variables are
// linkonce_odr or (occasionally, for compatibility) weak_odr.
GVALinkage StrongLinkage;
switch (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD)) {
case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None:
StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongExternal;
break;
case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak:
case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown:
StrongLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR;
break;
case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong:
StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongODR;
break;
}
switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
case TSK_Undeclared:
return StrongLinkage;
case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
return Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
VD->isStaticDataMember()
? GVA_StrongODR
: StrongLinkage;
case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
return GVA_StrongODR;
case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
return GVA_AvailableExternally;
case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
return GVA_DiscardableODR;
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
}
GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, VD,
adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, VD,
basicGVALinkageForVariable(*this, VD)));
}
bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
return false;
// Global named register variables (GNU extension) are never emitted.
if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register)
return false;
if (VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
return false;
} else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
// We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template.
if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
return false;
} else if (isa<PragmaCommentDecl>(D))
return true;
else if (isa<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D))
return true;
else if (isa<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl>(D))
return true;
else if (isa<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D))
return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext();
else if (isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(D))
return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext();
else if (isa<ImportDecl>(D))
return true;
else
return false;
// If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it.
if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
return false;
// Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
return false;
// Aliases and used decls are required.
if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
return true;
if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
// Forward declarations aren't required.
if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
// Constructors and destructors are required.
if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
return true;
// The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
// into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
return true;
}
}
}
GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
// static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
// always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
// Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
return !isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage);
}
const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
!isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD))
return false;
// Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
auto Linkage = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
if (!isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage))
return true;
// We never need to emit a variable that is available in another TU.
if (Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally)
return false;
// Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
return true;
// Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this) &&
// We can get a value-dependent initializer during error recovery.
(VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
return true;
// Likewise, variables with tuple-like bindings are required if their
// bindings have side-effects.
if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(VD))
for (const auto *BD : DD->bindings())
if (const auto *BindingVD = BD->getHoldingVar())
if (DeclMustBeEmitted(BindingVD))
return true;
// If the decl is marked as `declare target`, it should be emitted.
for (const auto *Decl : D->redecls()) {
if (!Decl->hasAttrs())
continue;
if (const auto *Attr = Decl->getAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>())
if (Attr->getMapType() != OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MT_Link)
return true;
}
return false;
}
void ASTContext::forEachMultiversionedFunctionVersion(
const FunctionDecl *FD,
llvm::function_ref<void(const FunctionDecl *)> Pred) const {
assert(FD->isMultiVersion() && "Only valid for multiversioned functions");
llvm::SmallDenseSet<const FunctionDecl*, 4> SeenDecls;
FD = FD->getCanonicalDecl();
for (auto *CurDecl :
FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->lookup(FD->getDeclName())) {
FunctionDecl *CurFD = CurDecl->getAsFunction()->getCanonicalDecl();
if (CurFD && hasSameType(CurFD->getType(), FD->getType()) &&
std::end(SeenDecls) == llvm::find(SeenDecls, CurFD)) {
SeenDecls.insert(CurFD);
Pred(CurFD);
}
}
}
CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic,
bool IsCXXMethod) const {
// Pass through to the C++ ABI object
if (IsCXXMethod)
return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic);
switch (LangOpts.getDefaultCallingConv()) {
case LangOptions::DCC_None:
break;
case LangOptions::DCC_CDecl:
return CC_C;
case LangOptions::DCC_FastCall:
if (getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sse2") && !IsVariadic)
return CC_X86FastCall;
break;
case LangOptions::DCC_StdCall:
if (!IsVariadic)
return CC_X86StdCall;
break;
case LangOptions::DCC_VectorCall:
// __vectorcall cannot be applied to variadic functions.
if (!IsVariadic)
return CC_X86VectorCall;
break;
case LangOptions::DCC_RegCall:
// __regcall cannot be applied to variadic functions.
if (!IsVariadic)
return CC_X86RegCall;
break;
}
return Target->getDefaultCallingConv(TargetInfo::CCMT_Unknown);
}
bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
// Pass through to the C++ ABI object
return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
}
VTableContextBase *ASTContext::getVTableContext() {
if (!VTContext.get()) {
if (Target->getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
VTContext.reset(new MicrosoftVTableContext(*this));
else
VTContext.reset(new ItaniumVTableContext(*this));
}
return VTContext.get();
}
MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS:
case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
case TargetCXXABI::iOS64:
case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly:
case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS:
return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics());
case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics());
}
llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
}
CXXABI::~CXXABI() = default;
size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) +
llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
}
/// getIntTypeForBitwidth -
/// sets integer QualTy according to specified details:
/// bitwidth, signed/unsigned.
/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types.
QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth,
unsigned Signed) const {
TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed);
CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty);
if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128)
return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty;
return QualTy;
}
/// getRealTypeForBitwidth -
/// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth.
/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types.
QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const {
TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth);
switch (Ty) {
case TargetInfo::Float:
return FloatTy;
case TargetInfo::Double:
return DoubleTy;
case TargetInfo::LongDouble:
return LongDoubleTy;
case TargetInfo::Float128:
return Float128Ty;
case TargetInfo::NoFloat:
return {};
}
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value");
}
void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) {
if (Number > 1)
MangleNumbers[ND] = Number;
}
unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
auto I = MangleNumbers.find(ND);
return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1;
}
void ASTContext::setStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD, unsigned Number) {
if (Number > 1)
StaticLocalNumbers[VD] = Number;
}
unsigned ASTContext::getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) const {
auto I = StaticLocalNumbers.find(VD);
return I != StaticLocalNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1;
}
MangleNumberingContext &
ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C.
std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> &MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC];
if (!MCtx)
MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext();
return *MCtx;
}
std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext>
ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const {
return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext();
}
const CXXConstructorDecl *
ASTContext::getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
return ABI->getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()));
}
void ASTContext::addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
return ABI->addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()),
cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CD->getFirstDecl()));
}
void ASTContext::addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD,
TypedefNameDecl *DD) {
return ABI->addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD);
}
TypedefNameDecl *
ASTContext::getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) {
return ABI->getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD);
}
void ASTContext::addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD,
DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
return ABI->addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD);
}
DeclaratorDecl *ASTContext::getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) {
return ABI->getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD);
}
void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
ParamIndices[D] = index;
}
unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
"ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
return I->second;
}
APValue *
ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E,
bool MayCreate) {
assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static &&
"don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary");
if (MayCreate) {
APValue *&MTVI = MaterializedTemporaryValues[E];
if (!MTVI)
MTVI = new (*this) APValue;
return MTVI;
}
return MaterializedTemporaryValues.lookup(E);
}
bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const {
const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple();
if (!T.isOSDarwin())
return false;
if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) &&
!(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9)))
return false;
QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType();
CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy);
uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity();
CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy);
unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity();
unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth();
return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits);
}
static ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(
ASTContext::ParentMapPointers::mapped_type U) {
if (const auto *D = U.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())
return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*D);
if (const auto *S = U.dyn_cast<const Stmt *>())
return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*S);
return *U.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
}
namespace {
/// Template specializations to abstract away from pointers and TypeLocs.
/// @{
template <typename T>
ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const T &Node) {
return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node);
}
template <>
ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const TypeLoc &Node) {
return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node);
}
template <>
ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode
createDynTypedNode(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) {
return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node);
}
/// @}
/// A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their
/// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor.
///
/// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST
/// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context)
/// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers.
///
/// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes.
class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> {
public:
/// Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map.
///
/// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap.
static std::pair<ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *,
ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *>
buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) {
ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMapPointers,
new ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes);
Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU);
return std::make_pair(Visitor.Parents, Visitor.OtherParents);
}
private:
friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>;
using VisitorBase = RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>;
ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents,
ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents)
: Parents(Parents), OtherParents(OtherParents) {}
bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const {
return true;
}
bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const {
return true;
}
template <typename T, typename MapNodeTy, typename BaseTraverseFn,
typename MapTy>
bool TraverseNode(T Node, MapNodeTy MapNode,
BaseTraverseFn BaseTraverse, MapTy *Parents) {
if (!Node)
return true;
if (ParentStack.size() > 0) {
// FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, but only
// when no memoization data is available for the type.
// For example when we visit all subexpressions of template
// instantiations; this is suboptimal, but benign: the only way to
// visit those is with hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create
// new matches.
// The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash
// map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions /
// comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that
// do not have pointer identity.
auto &NodeOrVector = (*Parents)[MapNode];
if (NodeOrVector.isNull()) {
if (const auto *D = ParentStack.back().get<Decl>())
NodeOrVector = D;
else if (const auto *S = ParentStack.back().get<Stmt>())
NodeOrVector = S;
else
NodeOrVector =
new ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode(ParentStack.back());
} else {
if (!NodeOrVector.template is<ASTContext::ParentVector *>()) {
auto *Vector = new ASTContext::ParentVector(
1, getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(NodeOrVector));
delete NodeOrVector
.template dyn_cast<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
NodeOrVector = Vector;
}
auto *Vector =
NodeOrVector.template get<ASTContext::ParentVector *>();
// Skip duplicates for types that have memoization data.
// We must check that the type has memoization data before calling
// std::find() because DynTypedNode::operator== can't compare all
// types.
bool Found = ParentStack.back().getMemoizationData() &&
std::find(Vector->begin(), Vector->end(),
ParentStack.back()) != Vector->end();
if (!Found)
Vector->push_back(ParentStack.back());
}
}
ParentStack.push_back(createDynTypedNode(Node));
bool Result = BaseTraverse();
ParentStack.pop_back();
return Result;
}
bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) {
return TraverseNode(DeclNode, DeclNode,
[&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseDecl(DeclNode); },
Parents);
}
bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) {
return TraverseNode(StmtNode, StmtNode,
[&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseStmt(StmtNode); },
Parents);
}
bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TypeLocNode) {
return TraverseNode(
TypeLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(TypeLocNode),
[&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLocNode); },
OtherParents);
}
bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLocNode) {
return TraverseNode(
NNSLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(NNSLocNode),
[&] {
return VisitorBase::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSLocNode);
},
OtherParents);
}
ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents;
ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents;
llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack;
};
} // namespace
template <typename NodeTy, typename MapTy>
static ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList getDynNodeFromMap(const NodeTy &Node,
const MapTy &Map) {
auto I = Map.find(Node);
if (I == Map.end()) {
return llvm::ArrayRef<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode>();
}
if (const auto *V =
I->second.template dyn_cast<ASTContext::ParentVector *>()) {
return llvm::makeArrayRef(*V);
}
return getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(I->second);
}
ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList
ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) {
if (!PointerParents) {
// We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as
// hasAncestor can escape any subtree.
auto Maps = ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl());
PointerParents.reset(Maps.first);
OtherParents.reset(Maps.second);
}
if (Node.getNodeKind().hasPointerIdentity())
return getDynNodeFromMap(Node.getMemoizationData(), *PointerParents);
return getDynNodeFromMap(Node, *OtherParents);
}
bool
ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) {
// No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod.
if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()
|| MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
return false;
if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() !=
MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier())
return false;
if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getReturnType(), MethodImpl->getReturnType()))
return false;
if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size())
return false;
for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(),
IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(),
EF = MethodDecl->param_end();
IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) {
const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF);
const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM);
if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier())
return false;
if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType()))
return false;
}
return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic());
}
uint64_t ASTContext::getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType QT) const {
LangAS AS;
if (QT->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()->isNullPtrType())
AS = LangAS::Default;
else
AS = QT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
return getTargetInfo().getNullPointerValue(AS);
}
unsigned ASTContext::getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS) const {
if (isTargetAddressSpace(AS))
return toTargetAddressSpace(AS);
else
return (*AddrSpaceMap)[(unsigned)AS];
}
// Explicitly instantiate this in case a Redeclarable<T> is used from a TU that
// doesn't include ASTContext.h
template
clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr<
const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::ValueType
clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr<
const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::makeValue(
const clang::ASTContext &Ctx, Decl *Value);
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink